Register a SA Forums Account here!
JOINING THE SA FORUMS WILL REMOVE THIS BIG AD, THE ANNOYING UNDERLINED ADS, AND STUPID INTERSTITIAL ADS!!!

You can: log in, read the tech support FAQ, or request your lost password. This dumb message (and those ads) will appear on every screen until you register! Get rid of this crap by registering your own SA Forums Account and joining roughly 150,000 Goons, for the one-time price of $9.95! We charge money because it costs us money per month for bills, and since we don't believe in showing ads to our users, we try to make the money back through forum registrations.
 
  • Post
  • Reply
ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.



Hello everyone and welcome to this LP of Tengai Makyou II: Manjimaru! This introductory post will be a bit longer than what you might be used to, simply because there are a number of things we need to cover before we start the game!


The Tengai Makyou series and about this game

The Tengai Makyou series of JRPG games (known in the west as Far East of Eden) is quite popular and well known in Japan, but not so much outside of it, mostly owing to the fact that out of all the games in this series, only ONE was ever released in the west and even that was just a dumb beat'em-up spinoff that nobody cared much about! So none of the mainline games ever came out in the west.

The series started its life with the first few games published on the PC Engine platform, starting in 1989 with Tengai Makyou: Ziria (Ziria is the name of the main character), which is reportedly the very first RPG game ever published on a CD-ROM. Although the graphics capabilities of the PC Engine platform were not much better than NES, the fact that unlike the Nintendo console, it had a CD-ROM drive, made a big difference! Suddenly you could have lavishly animated cutscenes and voiced dialogue! And yeah, the game was popular, as expected. It could even be said that at the height of its popularity in the 1990s, the Tengai Makyou series was quite literally the equivalent of Dragon Quest or Final Fantasy on the PC Engine platform. It was literally that popular.

Somewhat in the style of these two other game series, although Tengai Makyou games are more or less set in the same universe, their plots are mostly unrelated and they can be played independently. Hence us playing the second game in the series here in this thread--so you don't need to worry about that. The said second game, Tengai Makyou II: Manjimaru was first released in 1992, also on the PC Engine (with Manjimaru suffix again being the name of the game's main character), to immense popularity which it still has to this day.

Both games were published by Hudson Soft and Red Entertainment (then known as Red Company), and the development was led by Hiroi Ouji, later best known as one of the main people behind the Sakura Wars series for Red Entertainment. There are other (semi-)familiar faces in the team, like Masuda Shoji, later known for cult classics such as Linda³, Oreshika and a few others.

Although the PC Engine platform does have some technical limitations, they truly went all out with this one, so it includes things like fully voiced dialogue for main characters, CD Audio music tracks, many lavishly animated cutscenes and so on.

After its initial release, the game was later released on other platforms too, such as Nintendo DS and PSP, both of which feature the exact same graphics as the original, and also on PlayStation 2 and Gamecube--this version features "upgraded" 3D graphics, but honestly, this was done with a very low budget and it does not look good at all (I will show some examples in the first update), so they are really not worth looking at. Better pick one of the versions with the original graphics--which while admittedly a bit on the simpler side, are incredibly charming and colourful and just generally pleasing to look at (unlike the PS2/GC version).


The setting

Like most other Tengai Makyou games, this one too is set in the far east country of Jipang, which is more or less a fictional (mis)representation of Japan as seen somewhat from the western perspective ("Jipang" is how Marco Polo originally recorded the name of Japan).

It is all based on the books of a 19th century scholar from the Smithsonian Institute, P.H. Chada ("P.H." stands for Paul Hieronymus), and the game even features his picture and a brief comment he made about the game:



In the style of Orson Welles, I should now tell you that for the last couple of minutes I've been completely lying to you. Of course, P. H. Chada does not exist and even that picture up there is actually of Karl Marx. The whole thing is just an invention of Hiroi Ouji, but even still you will find the references to good ole P. H. in the credits of all these games where he's credited as "based on the works by". In fact "P. H." just stands for "Prince Hiroi", a reference to Hiroi Ouji's name in western order, since Ouji (王子) means "prince" in Japanese!

Anyway, this particular game is set in the western part of Jipang, called Yamato, and here is a map of it as it is in the game:




The story

Here is our "the story so far", as paraphrased from the manual!

quote:

The Creator of the universe gave birth to two gods. The names of the two gods are Mari and Yomi. Released from the Lord's hand, Mari and Yomi travelled through time and space, sometimes fooling about, sometimes quarrelling, and sometimes in deep meditation. Eventually, the two deities found a blue planet full of life. They spoke to each other: "That one looks good." "Let's go."

The two gods descended to the blue star and created a new world. The people call it... "Jipang". Strong and beautiful, Jipang.

One day, a giant flower called the Dark Orchid appeared on Jipang. The dark orchid is a giant plant that is said to bloom in the legendary underground country of the Roots. Yomi, the king of the Root Country, appeared above ground through the stems of the dark orchid, manipulated the monsters of the Root Clan, and in the blink of an eye conquered Jipang. Just when it looked as if the whole land would be invaded, a group of people appeared out of nowhere to challenge the monsters. The Fire Clan.

The battle between the Fire Clan and the Root Clan lasted thousands of days. After a long and fierce battle, the Fire Clan defeated the Root Clan and sealed Yomi and the Dark Orchid deep underground with the Seven Holy Swords. But the Fire Clan also perished in the battle.

A thousand years of peace passed. The nightmare of the Dark Orchid faded from people's memories, and the Fire Clan was now simply a part of legend.

But now, the nightmare from thousand years ago is about to be repeated in Jipang!

Of course, we'll find more about this as we play the game, but for now this should be enough to get us started.


About "that" symbol...

Yes, I am talking, of course, about this guy here:



It's known as "swastika" from its name in Sanskrit, although in Japanese it's called "manji". You can see it up there on the title image, but it appears literally everywhere constantly in this game. It's actually also a legitimate kanji in Japanese language, and thus it's even part of the main character's name "Manjimaru", written in Japanese as 卍丸.

Importantly, NO, it's not the same as the Nazi symbol. Theirs, which I will NOT reproduce here, is oriented the opposite way and tilted by 45°. Although in fairness, I will say that both orientations of swastika were used interchangeably throughout the history.

Swastika itself is an absolutely ancient symbol, dating from over 10,000 years BCE--yes, this is WAY before the actual development of proper writing systems, which only came into existence about 4-5,000 years BCE. In any case, the symbol is present in many, many cultures, mostly in Europe/Asia, but even some appearances in Africa and North America are known.

In general, it's meant to be a symbol of spirtuality with additional meanings of good luck and such. It's a shame it's been tainted by its use by the Nazis, because until around the 1920s it was just a "normal" symbol. In fact, here is a photograph, taken in 1916, of Edmonton Swastikas, a women's hockey team from Canada:



After 1920 or so, the symbol started to get misappropriated for more nefarious purposes and at least in the west, remains kind of tainted to this day due to its use in the time period before and during World War II.

Anyway, I just thought I should clear this up a bit before we begin.


About the LP

Of course, as mentioned, the game was never released in the west, so it will be translated here by yours truly. It's not going to be perfect, but we should be able to follow the story well enough! Other than that, this will be mostly a screenshot playthrough with the cutscenes presented as videos with English subtitles for your perusal. Unfortunately, I am not aware of any fan translations for this game, not even any that are in progress/being worked on.

A note on the names. For the names of places, generally I will leave them in their original Japanese form, but I will usually explain what the name actually means in English. Since this game has a deep Japanese (sorry, Jipangese) setting, the names of people will generally be used in Japanese order, i.e. family name first.

Not an insignificant part of the world building in this game is delivered via the NPC dialogue, so there will be a lot of going around and talking to everybody in towns, because if you don't you simply miss on a lot of what this game has to offer. So this will be a relatively slower paced playthrough in the end, since the goal will be to see and experience as much of this game as possible (and the game world is pretty huge to begin with--this is not a small game). To know even better what to expect, I could say that this game is kind of one half road trip and one half "Bildungsroman", so... yeah. Anyway, either way you look at it, it's sprawling.

As you may have noticed, I like to talk a lot, so I will stop now and let's get started on our adventure (after one final note)!


A note on spoilers

I wouldn't expect that too many people here have played this game, but nevertheless try to avoid posting spoilers about stuff which we haven't seen yet! Thanks.


LIST OF UPDATES

   Part 01: Takayama Village Festival
   Part 01: Takayama Village Festival (cont.)
   Part 02: Manjimaru's Destiny
   Part 03: Badly Drawn Boat
   Part 04: The Holy Sword of Benimaru
   Part 05: The Pink Tornado
   Part 06: The Valley of Sorrow
   Part 07: A Pirate's Life
   Part 08: The Sleeping Giant (Robot)
   Part 09: The Capital City
   Part 10: The Capital City (cont.)
   Part 11: The Party Situation
   Part 12: The Thing with the Mermaids
   Part 13: The Thing with the Mermaids (cont.)
   Part 14: Attack of the Clones
   Part 15: Atelier Manjimaru: The Alchemist of Jipang
   Part 16: Manjimaru's Dream
   Part 17: Demon's Daughter
   Part 18: Demon's Daughter (cont.)
   Part 19: Castles in the Sand
   Part 20: Castles in the Sand (cont.)
   Part 21: Monkey Business
   Part 22: Monkey Business (cont.)
   Part 23: Pig Business
   Part 24: The Twin Dragons of Izumo
   Part 25: The Root Clan Village
   Part 26: Onwards to Kobe
   Part 27: Onwards to Kobe (cont.)
   Part 28: The Speedbird
   Part 29: The Speedbird (cont.)
   Part 30: The Grand Tour
   Part 31: The Grand Tour (cont.)
   Part 32: The Awakening(s)
   Part 33: The Awakening(s) (cont.)
   Part 34: What Kind of Day Has It Been?
   Part 35: What Kind of Day Has It Been? (cont.)

ivantod fucked around with this message at 16:57 on Nov 23, 2023

Adbot
ADBOT LOVES YOU

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.



So, hello everyone and welcome to this LP of Tengai Makyou: Fuun Kabuki Den (a.k.a. "A Tumultuous Story of Kabuki"). This is the third and final game of this series that came out on the PC Engine platform, and it was published as usual by Hudson and Red Entertainment in 1993, about one year after its predecessor, Tengai Makyou II: Manjimaru. It's not a "numbered" game, but numbering in this series is anyway weird: the 3-numbered game came out years after the 4-numbered one and the next game after this one was numbered zero and moved on to Super Famicom/SNES platform (only to then jump over to Sega Saturn two years after that).


What is this actually?

As mentioned, this is not a "numbered" game, but chronologically it fits right after Tengai Makyou II: Manjimaru because the story is officially set one year after the conclusion of the war against the Root Clan. It's a bit like a "side" story and a sequel to both previous Tengai Makyou games in one although you generally don't need to have played either of them as the game does explain the necessary parts.

The main character this time is Kabuki, who works as, well, a kabuki actor in Kyoto, but is pulled back into action when the villains of the first game (Daimon Cult) return and try to mess with people of Jipang once again. There is much more to the plot than that, so I'll just let you discover it as we play rather than spoil it here.


Wait, did you say plot?

I did indeed. You will be forgiven for being a bit cautious here, since Tengai Makyou II: Manjimaru, for all its good qualities, didn't really have much of a cohesive plot beyond the "destroy all orchids" McGuffin. This game however, does have an actual plot that develops over the course of the playthrough! Although it's definitely a shorter game than its predecessor, there is pretty much more of everything in it: more plot; more actual character dialogues, including with the party members; more cutscenes and with much more detailed animation, and so on. So we're definitely in for a good time in this one! Mechanically (battle system, etc.), the game very similar to its predecessor with only small changes.

As usual, the game purports to be based on the works of a XIX century scholar named P. H. Chada, but as I've already explained this is of course a total fabrication. The game does however, include as usual some brief quotations from said P. H. Chada, and this time they are even straight up in English:



Yes, that photograph is still of Karl Marx.


Some final notes

As usual, I don't expect anybody here has played this game already, but still please refrain from posting spoilers about stuff we haven't yet seen in the game.

As a small warning, I will generally assume that you have read the LP of the previous game, so I may not explain things in my typical excruciating detail which were already extensively covered there, but I will give at least some pointers. Any references to the first Tengai Makyou game, I will explain in more detail since we skipped over that game here!


And one last thing!

There is one last thing you really need to know about this game: it secretly wants to be a Broadway musical. And I'm just going to leave it at that for now.

And now, enjoy the game!



LIST OF UPDATES

   Part 01: After the Performance
   Part 02: After the Performance (cont.)
   Part 03: The Creepiest Place on Earth
   Part 04: The Creepiest Place on Earth (cont.)
   Part 05: An Unexpected Journey
   Part 06: Just the Right Bullets
   Part 07: Just the Right Bullets (cont.)
   Part 08: The Daily Life in London
   Part 09: The Daily Life in London (cont.)
   Part 10: Save the Princess!
   Part 11: The Final Disciple(s)
   Part 12: The Crimson Fire and the Azure Wolf
   Part 13: The Tower(s) of London
   Part 14: One Last Thing...

ivantod fucked around with this message at 14:50 on Mar 17, 2024

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.
    


All right, let's do this!



I suppose not many here have seen the PC Engine boot screen, so here it is. As mentioned, one of the big advantages of this game over NES/SNES is the fact that it came on a CD-ROM, and as such it required the Super CD-ROM² hardware in addition to the actual console--this situation is visible on the boot screen. Anyway, let's press the Run button (which is the same as Start button on any other console)!



The familiar Hudson logo, of course. I guess they're part of Konami these days, but at the time they were of course along with NEC for the hardware aspect, the company behind PC Engine itself. Despite the fact that Red Entertainment was involved with this game, no logo of theirs is shown.

Anyway, after this we head straight into an opening cutscene.






And, well, there we go.

Before we really start, a couple of small notes, though.

First, did you notice that Manjimaru even has swastika-shaped hair? Take a look at this screenshot from the cutscene we just watched:




Yep. Like I said, we'll be seeing this symbol literally everywhere in this game.

Second: there will be sometimes unfamiliar terms encoutered during this LP. So as not to burden the main body of the text in situations where it's not critical for immediate understanding, I will instead include a short glossary section at the end where you can refer for more information (when necessary, of course). So basically, just go with it, and read about it later if you want, is the deal more or less.

As you saw, in the true tradition of 1990s JRPG, our mischievous hero starts his journey by having breakfast in his mother's house!

But at least that's now done and we have full control!




While the graphics are quite colourful, the character sprites are definitely a bit on the tinier side. So the blue haired guy in the middle is Manjimaru and the other person at the bottom near the entrance is his mother. You can certainly talk to her, and talking to NPCs in general is a big part of getting the story of this game, but she will simply tell you to go upstairs and escape the house.

Before we continue, I was talking previously about the PS2/GameCube remake version. So here is what this same screen looks like in that version:




As you can see, while the resolution is increased, the graphics truly look as bland as they can possibly be, especially compared to the charming and colourful original (I know we haven't seen much yet, but trust me). I believe this same graphics engine was later used also for the Xbox 360 remake of the first Tengai Makyou game, and it looks just as bland. Having this remake be on Xbox 360 only is also pretty random, but whatever. Clearly this remake didn't really have much of a budget.

In any case, for the rest of this LP I am not going to mention the remake any more, except briefly later today when we come to the next cutscene.

Next, we can shortly check out our character's base stats in the menu:




We'll talk more about this stuff as we go, but for now we can see that he is level 3 (段), has 37 HP (体) and 2 MP, well I guess in this game they are called "skill" points (技) but really it's MP. As you can see, in keeping with the "Jipangese" setting, the game does not use the standard abbreviations like HP/MP etc, but I have noted here which Japanese character means what so that you can follow it on screenshots when needed. Oh, and we're also in possession of 18 ryo (両), which is the currency in this game (the name is based on a real world old Japanese currency). It's really not much at all.

There are more stats than this, but we'll check that out shortly.

One last thing: that chest of drawers in the corner is actually locked, so we should remember to come back here if we ever obtain a key.

All right then, enough talking. Let's start our journey properly--by going upstairs, as we were told to do!




Al right, let's see what his mum was talking about...



Not much here, but let's check out the window. It might provide a way out.



And then...





And we end up...



...here. Not exactly inconspicuous, but what can you do?

Those two kids seem to be blocking our way out, but nevertheless, we can talk to them briefly.


Boss! Today is the day we go to see the festival in Takayama Village that you promised us! Everybody is already gathered inside the shrine! You will be taking three of your minions with you to the festival! Hurry up!

The many, many, MANY NPCs of this game usually do not have specific portraits, so we'll use the empty portrait box for their dialogue. Usually I will indicate in some way who we are talking to in cases where it matters. But here it doesn't, so we'll just talk to the other kid.

Thank you for everything, boss Manjimaru! The adults were trying to barge into your house again, weren't they? Those stupid grownups do not understand your free-spirited way of life!

Note that the word for boss used here (親分) is one which can carry an implication of it being a mafia boss of sorts.

Anyway, let's gon inside the temple.




Because this is a temple, you can see our friend front and centre right there! Other than that, here are our for little minions: three impressionable boys and one dog. Let's talk to them quickly.

We've been waiting for you, boss! The Takayama village festival is about to begin! We're bound to be able to pick a fight there! Let's go and make some rumble in Takayama!
Hey boss, let's take Pero the dog today with us to the festival!

They only have actually two different things to say! But I'm sure you didn't miss what definitely looks like a chest in the back there! So, let's check it out!



Ah-ha! Our first found item! As it turns out, this is a piece of equipment, head gear in particular. So that means we can equip it!



So, here's the equipment screen. In the top section, we can see the current stats of our character: attack power 30, defence power 25 and agility 23. Below we can see his current equipment, as follows:
- tattered clothes (which gives us 8 in defence power
- bamboo sword, givn us 9 in attack power
- empty slot for shoes, so I guess Manjimaru is currenty barefoot
- empty slot for head gear.

Anyway, since we just got a cotton headscarf of sorts, let's equip it. Every little bit helps.




Equipping it gives us +4 in defence...



...which brings our defence power up to 29. So this is pretty simple and I won't need to go into too much detail.



Now we can collectively head out and let's talk again to these guy blocking our path.

Have a safe trip, boss, leave it to us to guard our secret hideout! Next year, please take us to the festival, too!
Your minions in Takayama have prepared a place for you to stay at the inn there. Please relax and enjoy the festival!

And finally, they let us through. This festival has bee built up so much, it better live up to it!

Obviously, there's still a bunch of NPCs in this town, so we're not leaving just yet!




Like these three ladies outside the temple.

Oh, where are you off to today, the ringleader and his followers?
Your father had a power that no one else had, you have that in your blood too. But he was able to harness the power and you only seem to use it to pick fights. Such a waste. You could accomplish great things if you learn to use your power properly!

Well, maybe eventually. Anyway, the last one:

Are you headting to Takayama, Manjimaru? There will be a lot of people there because of the festival, so make sure to take care of your minions properly!

Definitely. Even if they are not actually party members!



Funny, we're literally dragging a train behind us--this game does employ a similar system like early Dragon Quest in that your entire party is visible walking in line (or the not-party like in this case).

But anyway, hello sir, what do you have to say to us?


Are you heading to Takayama? Even though it's a big festival, try not to cause some kind of a ruckus, ok? Anyhow, Takayama village is just down the river. Be careful of the wild dogs, though. Well, it's Manjimaru, so I'm sure you'll be fine.



Over here is the mulberry farmer in his garden!

Nnngh, what! Don't go trampling over other people's fields! Just get yourself out of here and go see the festival in Takayama!

Heh, looks like most of the people in Manjimaru's home village consider him a bit of a nuisance. Incidentally this place is named Shirakawa (="white river").



Back at Manjimaru's house, a line seems to have formed! What is this all about? Let's talk to them, from the back to the front.

Ah! I thought you were still in the house! You're as quick as ever!
Today I will definitely speak with your mother. Is Oharu-san there?
Manjimaru, shut up! Nothing you can say now will make a difference. I want to talk to Oharu-san.
He he he, third in line today! At least standing in this line I get to see Oharu-san every day. I don't want to put up with your mischief, but at least this I can look forward to.
This Manjimaruč You swapped our rice bran paste for mud, didn't you!
Ah! You little bastard! Stop bullying my cows already!

Oharu (お春) is the name of Manjimaru's mother. But these seem to be the people from the beginning of the game who have come to complain about him, and also some of them seemingy to court his mother too! Well, let's leave them to their business, we have other stuff to do anyhow.

Like, for example, checking out those two houses there. First the left one.




Another one of Manjimaru's minions and their parent. Let's talk to the father first:

It's no good, Manjimaru. I'm not letting my kid go with you to the festival. Whenever he's with you, he gets inovlved into some kind of a trouble.

And then the kid.

Ah, boss. You're going to Takayama, aren't you? My father won't let me... Please tell me all about the festival when you get back!



This house has an upstairs, too! There are two more people here.

I heard that Taikun has been digging up ancient tombs and ruins all over Jipang... He seems to be looking for an ancient sword, but if he keeps disrepecting the spirts of the ancestors, he's going to get punished in one way or another.

I am using here the "literal" spelling of the word "taikun", simply to avoid associations which the anglicised version "tycoon" has. Here it should be understood simply in the sense of lord/ruler. In this game "Taikun" simply refers to the ruler of Yamato, the western part of Jipang, where the events of the game are set.

The other person:


It seems that Taikun is coming from the Capital to visit the Takayama festival! Speaking of which, he's a really important person who is the ruler of the western half of Jipang, so you should make sure to not cause trouble at the festival.

"As you know, Manjimaru..." I mean this is a bit awkward since he should already know all of this, but I guess we have to be told somehow.

In the other house next to it...




...there is just one person here.

Those guys who are coming to your house, they really don't care about you causing trouble. They just go there so they can see Oharu-san's face every day. They should know better at their age! Men...



There is however, one more person upstairs, with a somewhat interesting comment.

There's been a lot of strange earthquakes lately. It makes me feel uneasy...



A bit to the side, there are two more houses together. Let's go into the left one first. This one is the village elderman's house.



If you want more swastikas, here's another hidden one on that screen behind the older gentleman too. I'll stop pointing them out now, so you're on your own from now on. Let's just talk to him.

What is it, Manjimaru? Do you want to rest here? Well, you're a strange guy, so do however you like.

Welcome to the save mechanic of this game. You can save only in towns if you go either to the inn, or to the elderman's house (if the town is too small for an inn, like the one we're in now). You can rest and/or save here. Resting recovers your HP/MP (yes, I will be calling it MP) but you have to pay for it, as expected. Saving is, however, free.

So the other guy with the hat is a vendor.


I'm a travelling hawker! Do you wan't to buy something from me?

You can also sell things to him, of course. But for now, I do actually want to buy something. The world outside is dangerous and we are really not well equipped, to put it mildly.



So he basically sells equipment:
- Black shovel (weapon): 60 ryo
- Farm clothes 20 ryo
- Mountain straw sandals 8 ryo

We're really pretty skint, but Manjimaru is currently barefoot as we've seen, so we'll just spend 8 ryo on straw sandals.


If we happen to meet again, make sure to say hello!

Anyway, after going through all of that, I promptly forget to go into the other menu and equip the sandals. Oh well, I'll remember it a bit later on.

The last person just gives us a bit of tutorial about saving/resting, which I've already explained.




Finally, we head into the other house right next to it.

Ughhh. All the little brats in this village are sticking to you. It's just too much to deal with. You're a rascal, but for some reason you're popular with the kids.

Yeah, can't possibly imagine why.



Well, okay, it looks like it's time to get on the road and make our way to Takayama village.



Here we are on the overworld! The game informs us that we're in Hida province (火多), which is in the eastern part of our map. Manjimaru's village is in the northwest corner of the province.





We still have a train behind us! But as we walk...



...the ground starts shaking!

Boss! It's an earthquake! There seems to be a lot of them lately?



Anyway, Takayama is basically our neighbouring village, so to get to it we just cross this bridge to the east first...



...and then turn south and cross another bridge and we're already there! You can already see the vilage there at the bottom.

As we walk towards it...




...of course a random battle gets triggered with a stray dog! But as its first move, the dog runs away immediately, so I guess nothing happens. This game employs the "standard" random battle system for a game of its time. Enemies are not visible on the overworld/in dungeons and simply every few steps a battle is triggered. The encounter rate is probably a bit on the slightly higher side, but it's actually not too bad. The game does however feature an absolutely seizure inducing battle transition and I genuinely don't get how that got left in the game like that. I am actually not going too post it here since I don't want to cause problems for those who may have issues with it, but click here to view it in a separate browser window if you want to see it!. Tell me that this is not ridiculous!



Anyway, without further incidents we manage to make our way into Takayama (高山="tall mountain").

We have some time before the festival, so as usual, we'll make a tour around the place. We'll start with this guy standing rignt next to the entrance.

Today is the day of the long-awaited Takayama festival! I was a bit worried because of the earthquake that happened earler, but I'm sure everything will be fine! Let's go to the festival!

Yes, I, too, am compeletely sure that the earthquake is just a coincidence.

All right, let's see who else we can talk to. There is actually some repetitition between different NPCs, so for that reason I will sometimes skip those.




Let's see about the twins here.

We come from Ushikubi village in the east! Let's get this festival going!
The Takayama festival has sure come a long way! This year, even the taikun himself has come all the way from the Capital to see it! And he even went so far to say the words of thanks to all villagers! I'm so happy!



Or, these guys here.

Today is an once-in-a-lifetime moment! Make sure you find a good spot to watch from, Manjimaru!
Everyone is busy getting ready for the festival, so there is nobody upstairs in the houses.

Not quite true, but for all practical purposes, close enough.



You can go inside the shops, but they just tell you that today they are closed on account of the festival. So nothing doing on that front for now.



Anyway, more people to talk to over here.

So, Manjimaru and his gang have come to the festival. I wish you'd at least pretend to be good kids today!
Taikun came to see the festival, so he must have a good eye for things, right?



Lady, why are you standing all the way out here, all on your own?

I saw the Taikun face to face just now, and he has a sly look in his eyes. It's a bit scary to think that someone like that rules this country.

Hmmm.



Let's see what's going on in some of the houses. Eventually, we want to make our way to the inn where a place has been "reserved" for us, but for now we have time to just wander around.



There's a bunch of guys here but they all just shout random stuff like "Festival!", "Women!", "Booze!". The only one with something different to say is the woman (the one who has different clothes, I know the sprites are really tiny).

It's a good thing that that earthquake just now didn't actually happen in the middle of the festival!

Yeah, I'd say. Let's hope there's not another... oops!



The next house over...

It's customary to not start the festival until everybody's had at least one drink!
Master Taikun rules the west Jipang. I'm so nervous that such an important man is visiting the festival today!



Let's keep making house calls! Same situation there with the guys as previously, but the one different dressed person also has something different to say.

I just met Master Taikun a short while ago. He had such a disagreeable look in his eyes, looking down on us, like he thinks we're all beneath him!

Folks, I'm starting to get an idea that this Taikun is not a good dude.



Houses often come in pairs, so we'll go into this one now.



Same situation with the drunk guys, so of course we talk to that one person instead.

Everyone is extatically happy that the festival is proceeding without any incidents.

Without incidents, you say?



In this house there actually IS someone upstairs, but he's already pretty much passed out drunk and has not much to say, just the usual stuff about festival and booze!



There's actually a whole other part of the village across these bridges to the north!



Before we cross, though, a few more people on this side of the bridge.

It'll be a while yet before the festival is in full swing. You should go and pay your respects to Master Taikun.



Let's continue with our house calls by going into the village shrine!



This year, Master Taikun came all the way from the Capital to see our festival, so there seems to be more people than usual. I'm sure the gods will be overjoyed and so you should put your happy face on too!



And then back outside for all these people.

Master Taikun is indeed a generous man--he rented out one whole inn out of the two there are in this village.
Hey, Manjimaru! You still haven't paid your respects to Master Taikun? He ordered us that we cannot start the festival until everybody from the town has come to greet him. You're pretty much the last one, so get going already!

Really seems like an awesome guy.



And finally this person here.

I'd like to take you to your spot at the inn, but you really must go and greet the Taikun first in this inn here. If you don't do that, they won't let us start the festival. I guess all bigwigs like him are usually selfish people, right?



Let's see. First off, the man on the left has an advice.

Go upstairs to talk to Taikun, but just be careful and don't talk to the women at his side. Just, don't.



Upstairs, there is QUITE a bunch of people! Well, I guess it makes sense that an important dignitary has a big party with him.

Let's begin with the guy standing by the staircase


Master Taikun has chosen this inn for his party instead of that cheap inn on the other side of the town. Only today, he will meet even with lowly people like you, but you are not worthy of him.

So we'll continue with the two people in the room on the right.

The three sages have been quite cozying up to the Taikun lately... I probably shouldn't say this, but the great power he has is all thanks to them.

Is it now.

The other guy!


Hey! You! Hic... Let me give you some good memories! First of all, look at my face! This is the face of the first retainer of Master Taikun, the future king of Jipang! Remember it! You must not forget! Hic!

He's totally drunk.



Then we'll move to this lady in the middle room. The guy next to her is actually Taikun so we'll leave him for later.

Are you a relative of Master Taikun?
Yes. / [ No. ]
Someone! Come quickly! Drag this filthy boy away! Ugh, so disgusting! Good grief!

I can see why we're told not to talk to her.

Let's try talking to the other woman in the room on the left then.


This is no place for people of your kind! You seem smarter than the other kids, so you understand what I mean, right?
Yes. / [ No. ]
I'm telling you to get out of here at once! Can you understand that much! You country bumpkins!

Well, we were told to come here, so...

Also this game has dialogue choices, but they don't matter too much for the most part and in general you even can trigger the conversation again to try the other choice. Generally, when it doesn't matter, I will be choosing the funnier choice.




Well, these three guys look important, so let's see what's going on (spoiler alert: the three sages!).



...What a shame.

Uh, what do you mean.

The middle one:




...Beause I'm not sure you'll be seeing it again! Hahahaha! Ahahahahaha!

And the last one:



What is UP with these guys anyway?

Well, let's just talk to Taikun instead.




Normally a lowly person like you would not even be allowed to approach us. But today is a good day, so we're happy to give a special allowance.
We will remember us becoming the King of Jipang for the rest of our life! You may go ahead and gratefully pay respects to our face.
Ha ha ha ha ha... Let the birds sing! Let the plants celebrate! We will be the king of Jipang!

So, uh, things are getting a bit out of hand here, I think. But I guess we'll just head to our place at the inn. The OTHER inn in this town that is, which is on the opposite side!



We can expect this place to be a bit more welcoming, or so I hope.



This guy in the centre is the owner!

Manjimaru-san! My son always says that he's indebted to you! Your seat is upstairs in the middle!

And then the guy by the door.

Please hurry up and take your seat, the festival is about to begin!

The kid over there in the back is one of Manjimaru's minions!

Boss! I've reserved the best seat in the house for you! My father is a simple man, so I could easily convince him!

The bigger kid next to him is the older brother.

Boss, my brother went to a lot of trouble to get you a seat, so please give him praise.

Well, ok, let's head upstairs then.



Ah, nice, they even have a special cushion for Manjimaru to sit on, bearing his "initial" there in the middle! In case it's not clear, they're going to be watching the festival through the windows. Only a few people to talk here, and then we'll settle down for the festival. Let's start with the lady we're just standing next to.

You must be Manjimaru, the boss! My son always talks about you. Your seat is there by the window, a special seat for the boss!

Nice, thank you.

Then we'll start from the right most room.


I'm really happy that I was able to rent a room and watch Takayama Festival like this!
I wish there was a festival every day!

Then the middle room.

The festival is about to begin! Take your seats quickly!

And then the one on the left...

I met Master Taikun! It's a dream come true to be next to such a great man. "Ha ha ha ha", does that not sound just like his laugh, right?
There is a bit of subdued quality to the festival this year, because of all the earthquakes...

And then, well, there's nothing left to do but to take our seat and watch the festival!

The festival is, of course, described in a cutscene, which also includes the opening credits for the game. See if you can spot some familiar names there. I'm sure most of you will find at least one!




So, uh, that escalated a bit there. Well, I hope nobody thought that the festival will proceed without a hitch.

Before we continue, a small technical note about the cutscene presentation. As you might have noticed, they are mostly presented in a cinematic-style wide aspect ratio. However they sometimes include shorter parts in other inconsistent aspect ratios. Generally I will try to edit the videos to minimise the amount of black bars on all sides, of course, without losing/cropping any part of the actual image. So hopefully this will work out well, but if not, let me know.

As far as the PS2/GC remake is concerned, the cutscenes were all redrawn into a square 4:3 aspect ratio, so they too lost quite a bit in the conversion, giving simply another reason to just play the original.

And now, getting back to our story, it certainly seems that someone has it out for our hero, Manjimaru.

Immediately after this...




...most people disappear in a puff of smoke.



But luckily, our minions are still here.



I guess we'll just have to go outside and try to figure out what is going on here. But, then this happens...



We'll only slow you down, anyway. Boss, let us stay here and hold the fort for you!
I'm sorry, boss! I'm embarrassed to be such a sloppy minion, but I'm really scared!

So... looks like our minions are not up to coming with us at this point. Well, fine. How bad can it be, really? Let's just have a look outside.



Ok, that's bad.

It's also complimented by the voice of the skeleton assassin coming from somewhere!


Did you see that, Manjimaru? This is the true power of the Root Clan! I wouldn't mind to crush you right here and now, but let's save some fun for later, too! Your mother and the people from this town are in my custody now! If you want them back, come the to the Double-ended Cave! Double-ended Cave, remember?

It looks like a nice trap is probably set for us there, that is obvious.



The town itself certainly looks worse for wear, and the bridge is indeed out, as we saw in the cutscene.



There's also the matter of this... thing.

We can actually examine it.




So, uh, a dark orchid you say? Well at least it doesn't sound ominous or anything.

There isn't really anything to do here right now, so I guess let's head outside.




The dark orchid is actually visible on the overworld map, so that's a nice touch I think.

So then, what shall we do? Obviously we should head for the cave, but we might be just a touch unprepared for that.

First of all, let's head back over to our hometown of Shirakawa and see what the reactions to all this are.






Looks like many of the same people are still around. Let's start with the three ladies here.

Takayama was hit by a big disaster? Are at least the kids who were with you safe?

I guess, for now?

Manjimaru! Your mother! She's... disappeared!

Yeah, we know.

You already lost your dad... and now your mother's disappeared too?



Then we'll visit these two houses, starting from the right.



I've heard that everyone in Takayama has disappeared. Do you think it has something to do with the disappearance of Oharu-san?

Well, we know that it does.

Going in the other house next to it.




On the way home, I ran into a couple of random battles (don't worry, I'll show more about that in a minute), so thanks to the fact that like any normal JRPG, monsters carry cash with them which they drop when defeated, I now have a few more ryo so we can upgrade our clothes a bit. Essentially, our first goal before going to the cave is to equip ourselves a little bit better, so we'll start here...



...by finally buying these farm clothes for 20 ryo. They increase our defence stat by 10 which is not bad at all.



Of course, our previous clothes were giving us +8, so the end result is only +2, but still. While Manjimaru is alone in our party, every little bit counts. We can of course sell the old equipment immediately (and we should, since the inventory space in this game is severely limited.

I do also finally remember to equip those sandals, which give us +7 in agility. So finally here's how we end up:




Don't worry, we're not done with preparations yet. But for now, we'll make a quick tour of the town here. Let's head upstairs.



Upstairs, this old lady has something interesting to say now.

Hm hm... Your mother seems to have disappeared. It looks like your destiny is starting to change in a big way. Manjimaru, you're not a small person who can easily fit into a small village like this. When you're finished with your preparations, you should leave the village and start your journey. I'm curious to see where your future will take you.



Then we catch this guy here.

Ma-Manjimaru! The Double-ended cave! The guys who took Oharu-san said they are waiting for you at the cave! Why did they take her to the cave all the way in the east?

I don't know. But we'll find out.



Next, we'll go to these two houses.



First we talk to the father.

I heard that there was an accident in Takayama and that it ruined the festival.

Well, yes, that's one way to phrase it, for sure. The kid:

Boss, please don't be sad because auntie Oharu is gone. When you're sad, I'm sad too and I cry.



And the two people upstairs.

Master Taikun was digging up ancient tombs. No wonder, he caused Takayama to incur such a wrath!
I hope that Master Taikun is safe... If anything should happen to him, there will be unrest all over Jipang!

Yeah, because they will be celebrating that he's gone.



We also have a person in the house next to that one.

Manjimaru! There are swarms of monsters outside the village! What will happen to Jipang?

In a nice touch, before there were only wild dogs, but now you get all sorts of monsters there. It's this game's variation on the Final Fantasy plot along the lines of "the crystal shattered and spawned monsters all over the world", I guess.



Upstairs.

Aah! That monstrous flower must have been the cause of all the earthquakes!



Of course, we should also stop by Manjimaru's house.



I guess these are the guys who were waiting in line previously. There are four of them here...

Manjimaru! This is afwul! Your mother disappeared right in front of our eyes! What the hell is going on? Is this some kind of a dream?
Oharu-san diseappeared like in a haze! Just as she was fading out, she shouted "Manjimaru!". That must have been her calling out for you to save her!
Oharu-san! Oharu-san! She was taken away by a monster... Manjimaru, they told you to come to the Double-ended cave... will you really go? I guess you'll have to. Please don't die.
Oharu-san... Oharu-san...



The other two are upstairs.

Why did they only kidnap Oharu-san? Manjimaru, have you now started picking fights with demons, too?

The Japanese text refers to demons as "youkai" (妖怪), as you might expect.

There has to be a connection between that ominous flower in Takayama and the disappearance of Oharu-san. There's no way two such ominous things to happen one right after the other!

Well, yeah, I mean the skeleton bro already told us that.



Of course we stop by the guy who is tending his field.

Oharu-san was taken to Double-ended cave! You should visit Ushikubi village, east of Takayama; you might be able to find out more there.

Sounds good. At least we have a pointer.



Finally, let's talk to our two minions here in front of the temple.

I saw it! Black light descended from the sky on boss's house and a skeleton-like grim reaper showed. He flew east, carrying auntie Oharu!
This is terrible! Auntie Oharu has suddenly disappeared. There was an uproar at boss's house.

All right, it's time to head out and see what we can find in the world.

ivantod fucked around with this message at 15:35 on Oct 3, 2022

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.


As pretty much everyone has mentioned, we'll head eastwards for now. Considering that Shirakawa vilage is anyway in the northwestern corner of the country, it would be somewhat difficult to go westwards as there is a wall of mountains!



We'll go past Takayama and continue further east from there. Of course, now that we're out in the world, we're exposed...



...to random encounters! This one however is your basic trash mob and won't pose a problem even when more than one appears at once. There are some other monsters around here for whom that is definitely not true! In any case, no strategy is required, because Manjimaru can dispatch them in one hit.



So, we need to pick up a few things before we head to the cave. I would also like to accumulate at least 100 ryo, so we can buy a better weapon. As we wander around here, we'll probably get there naturally so lots of grinding won't be needed.

In the meantime, after making a couple of steps forward...




Like in Final Fantasy, here too imps are some of your basic trash mob.



After this battle, Manjimaru gets to level 4. Nice thing about this game is that when you level up, it replenishes your full HP and MP. Manjimaru now has 3 MP, which is important, as we'll see shortly.



Over here, there's a little directional sign!

East: Ushikubi Village
North: Maze Village Checkpoint


We'll see about checkpoints a bit later. But for now let's keep going towards Ushikubi.



Incidentally, there is a menu option which you can choose to show the map of the area you are in. It shows also towns/villages, but only those you've already discovered. Thus, the two "houses" on the map represent Shirakawa in the northwest and Takayama a bit east from it.

But the next random battle...




...is very definitely problematic. Each one of these is not a problem, they die in two hits, but five of them, plus they all get to have their turns in between... at our level, we're lucky to be alive at the end of it!





But eventually we get to Ushikubi (牛首="cow's neck") village.



This is a very small place, but let's see what they can tell us. First we'll talk to that kid by the house, he is also one of our minions!

Boss! I may have seen it wrong, but someone who looked like your mother was brought to the Double-ended cave!

Yeah, yeah, we know. There is a bit of repetition in NPC dialogues sometimes. Anyway, the old guy behind the house--he has something very interesting for us to hear:

You! If you intend to go into battle alone, you should do good to first pay a visit to the mountain goblin! He will surely be able to give you strength. You can find him north of the village.

So, "mountain goblin", or "red nosed goblin" or, simply, tengu, (天狗) a creature from Japanese mythology. Actually there are several of them around the game, but our friend here is right. We should go and visit them because it will be helpful to us in battle. We'll do that shortly.



Hello, sir. Do you have anything useful to tell me?

Double-sided cave? It's across the river to the east, but... you'd be wise to stay away from it. I don't know much about it, but I've heard that it seals the souls of warriors who died a long time ago.

We should also talk to that woman there standing on the left side by the cow.

It might be just a rumour... but I've heard that people of Takayama all disappeared in a puff of smoke in the middle of the festival. If true, that's scary... although sometimes there are people you wish you could make disappear, right?

We'll also go into that house right next to her.



I know it looks weird, but that's actually a bald-headed person facing away from us there. He has a tutorial for us.

Manjimaru, listen carefully to what other people say. Especially when you get to a new place and you don't know left from right. Also, you know, there are a lot of people who when you become famous or something like that, may change what they have to say. Sometimes they really know the important thing. Well, that's just how the world works here.

Yep, talk to everybody constantly, but especially after major events. For example, a monstrous flower appearing in the middle of the village.



There's also a person upstairs.

My husband and sons work and stay at the charcoal making hut to the north. Anyway, if you're headed to the Double-sided cave, it's on the way, so you can take a moment to rest there. I'm sure they'll be happy to help you.

That's good to know, but we still have things to do before we head to the cave.

With that in mind, let's leave for now. We'll be back in a bit.




Let's head north and see about that goblin.



There's a little hut there, but also what the heck are those things blocking the way?



Well, ok then. Let's head into the hut instead.



So, this is "Tengu's Cabin" and you can see him right there with a big red nose!

Hm! From the looks of you, it seems you still have no idea what is going to happen to Jipang. Well, never mind! It seems you're going to have to fight, whether you like it or not. Oh, look here! It's the "Fresh grass" scroll! Of course I will return it to the Fire Clan!

Obtained the "Fresh Grass" scroll!

So, in this game, magic spells come in the form of "scrolls" and there are a LOT of different ones. We'll talk more about it over the course of the game, but for now let's say that "Fresh Grass" is a basic healing spell. It costs 3 MP to use, which means that right now Manjimaru can use it exactly once before he runs out of MP entirely!

Anyway, we can talk more with the goblin.


Have you already obtained the "Lightning" scroll? It's supposed to be in custody of my friend who lives over the mountain south of Ushikubi village.

Well, I don't really mind if I do. So we'll head there shortly.

On the way...




...we find out that enemies sometimes appear in mixed groups too.



A weird little island in the middle of the river like that. Also you can see the cave entrance just to the north there. You can find here some very slightly stronger enemies.



Like these guys. I mean they are still pretty much trash mob even if slightly stronger.





Or this very cool looking dude.

But what about that name, "mashari"? In the game, it's written in katakana as
マシャリ, so we don't have kanji to help us understand the meaning. However, based on what I was able to find, it's most likely supposed to be 魔舎利, which could roughly mean "demonic bones" (it seems to fit with the look of the enemy), and in particular 舎利 refers to bones left after cremation of a dead body, so I guess maybe it's an implication of an "undead" enemy of sorts?



This guy is definitely on the stronger side as it can take about 4 hits. But as long as it's only one we can (mostly) handle it.



I only just barely survive with 2 HP remaining, and that was with using the heal scroll in the middle of the battle too!



Eventually we find another small place, just across this bridge.



Ah, it's the charcoal making pit, where that lady's family work! Let's talk to the kid.

Boss! You're boss, right? Anyway, there's not really anything here, but you can relax for a bit. By the way, boss, have you met the Tengu who lives athe foot of the western mountains. He was looking for you.

I have indeed, and he gave me the heal scroll!



Inside, there are two people.

If you walk south of here, you will find the Double-ended cave. But be careful. I know you're tough in a fight, but this time it really might be actually outside of your league. I've been seeing a lot of inhuman monsters around here...

The other guy just lets you rest here (you can't save, though).

So this is really just a rest stop and nothing else. Manjimaru can however walk into the coal pit. And when he comes back out...




Hehe. It just a joke, has no effect on anything.

But anyway, after fighting a few more battles around here, I have managed to accumulate more than 100 ryo, so let's go back to Ushikubi and put them to use.




In this house...



...we find the vendor. Let's see.



Here we go: the hunter's machette. It gives us +15 to our base attack! Let's equip it.



So in the end it's overall +6 compared to what we had previously. Should make the life a little bit easier for now.



One last thing we want to do is visit this little hut here...



...because it contains the second Tengu that we've been told about.

I was expecting you sooner! After all, your mother has been kidnapped.
I wonder if I really should hand over the scroll that I've been guarding for millennia, to a kid like you?
Well, here is the lightning scroll that I've been entrusted with. This should make fighting a lot more enjoyable.

Or, it would if we had any MP to use it with. But anyway.

Obtained the "Lightning Flash" scroll!

It's a lightning spell that hits all enemies. It helps with the situation when you get attacked by like five of those flowers, but unfortunately it costs 4 MP to cast, so we can also really just cast it once before we are out of MP. But that's ok, we'll of course gain MP as we level up.

Also we can talk to the goblin some more.


Have you already visited Tengu's hut near Ushikubi village?
[ Yes. ] / No.
He's got a bit of a foul mouth, doesn't he?

So they just point you to each other basically. But these are just first two of many, many, magic scrolls we'll be finding over the course of the game.



Well, all right. I think we're about as ready as we're going to be, so let's make our way to the cave.

On the way...




...some more new low level enemies. As you can see, there is definitely some slightly imaginative monster design going on here.





Here. We. Go.



Ugh. The three sages. What do they want now.



We are the official advisors for the Root Country... "The Brains", if you will.
I believe we can continue to be of service to each other in the future... That's why we came to pay our respects first.
By way of introduction, starting from the right, that is Dr. Daeron, who is in charge of Mechanical Development Department.
And then in the middle, Dr. Deloren, who is in charge of Bionics.
And finally, I am Dr. Beron, an expert in Magic.
I guess this would be too difficult for your little brain to remember, so just call us the "Three Sages" instead.
Well, I suppose that's about it for now. My dear Manjimaru-kun! Please make sure to take care of yourself!



And they depart, exiting stage right.

What on earth was that supposed to be? Are they working for or against us? I mean they said they are from the Root Country, so I guess against, but...

(I should probably mention that in Japanese "root country"
(根の国) is an old-fashioned word that also means "underworld". So.

Well, ok, anyway we don't have time to think about this for the moment. Let's take a few steps into the cave.




But as we do, we come across some prisoners held in here! I guess those are some of the people from Takayama? Let's see what they are saying.

Manjimaru! It's me, the inn proprietor! My child... My son, he defended his sister against a monster... Manjimaru! Please avenge my son!
Manjimaru-san, your mother is still alive! They said they were going to kill you in front of her eyes!

The last one is another of Manjimaru's minions.

Boss! The Horned King will almost certainly use some unusual spells! Make sure to be careful when you fight him!

A boss fight in announcement? Perhaps.



Well, I guess we should head deeper into the cave. But not today, as we'll be stopping here for now.

You can see now what I meant when I said this will be a slightly slower paced playthough, but I feel that it's worth it to get the full flavour of the interesting and entertaining world where this game is set.

Well, I hope you enjoyed this so far and as the three sages said, take care until next time!


ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.

lets hang out posted:

you're a madman jumping into this right away
Yeah, probably! ;)

TitanG posted:

is this another flavor of Linda insanity or is it played mostly straight?
Let me see, how shall I phrase this... let's try like this: it is played a little bit more straight than Linda Cube (if you see where I'm going with this). But you should definitely expect some insanity since basically the same person is credited as director on both games! Also, bearing in mind that this game came first, in 1992, whereas the PC Engine version of Linda was releases in 1995.

Also, welcome to the thread, everyone! :v:

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.

Blaze Dragon posted:

Also, you have a few "tycoon" there instead of "Taikun" if you want to keep that consistent.

I definitely want to be consistent, but when you've gotten used to the other spelling all this time, it's no wonder that I slipped up a couple of times. Anyway, thanks for pointing it out, I've fixed it now!

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.
    



When we last left off, Manjimaru had just entered the Double-ended cave and talked to some prisoners.



This is not actually a big dungeon/cave, so let's proceed forward.



Eventually...



...we reach a few more prisoners!

I'll tell you something important so please free me! Taikun seems to be in cahoots with the Root Clan somehow. Even though people died in Takayama because of the Dark Orchid, Taikun was looking unusually happy!
All the people who were brought here ended up eaten by monsters. We're the last ones left!

Uhh, that's pretty bad. Let's talk to the other two also.

So the earthquake before the festival was a sign that that flower would appear... If only we had realised it, we could have evacuated everyone. But it's easy to think in hindsight, isn't it...
The Grim Reaper Bros said that they would avenge their grudge from a thousand years ago by killing everyone from the Fire Clan. But, what even is the Fire Clan? Are you one of them?

Yeah, probably.

Moving forward...






...let's not forget that there are random encounters here. Here we encounter a new enemy, a Thousand Year Fairy. Not really anything super special, but the enemies are definitely getting stronger. There is one particulary bad enemy formation which we'll encounter soon. By the way, don't think for a second that this is an easy game, because it absolutely isn't. Unless you really want to spend time grinding, you will often be in a "borderline too weak" situation. This is even more true with the boss fights, so simply spaming the basic attack will often just not work and will end up with you easily killed. We'll see something like this later today.





Anyway, there's a couple more people over here.

Manjimaru! It seems that behind all of this is some bastard called Yomi. They said they would make you a sacrifice for Yomi!

Well, we've already heard about Yomi, one of the two deities, alongside Mari. The other guy:

Manjimaru! One of the Grim Reaper Bros who appeared in Takayama, the Horned King, is waiting for you!

No problem, we're ready. Maybe.



An ominous staircase, well, not like we have a choice.



Luckily, it only leads to more dungeon!



This can be a dangerous situation... you're likely to need to use up one of your heals. Which is not ideal.



Oh hey, a chest!

Manjimaru found 56 ryo.

Actually not bad.



There is another chest on the opposite side of the cave!

Manjimaru found a nectar pill.

So "nectar pill" (甘露丸) in this case is related to the concept of Amrita, found in Hindu and Buddhist religions and usually refers to a sort of a healing elixir. And so in the game, too, this is one of your healing potion items.



Finally we reach another staircase. This one leads to the boss fight, so what I would really recommend here is the following. If you've been playing the game normally, you should probably be close to level 7 at this point. So I would say, stay here a get that extra level. First of all it gives you a full heal and second it will improve your attack and defence. And we're definitely going to need that very shortly.

Anyway, going up the staircase...




...leads, of course, to the boss arena! For real. Also, looks like Manjimaru's mother is here captured and is supervillain-style suspended over the fire pit!

You're here, Manjimaru!

There is no other choice here but to approach the boss!



Did you come all this way just so you could casually kill me and save your beautiful mother? That's so sweet!
Too sweet, in fact. Do you really think you're strong enough to beat me, even if you can't let a woman or two die?



By the way, aren't the enemy sprites in this game just awesome looking, despite the limited resolution and number of colours on screen?

Anyway, as you can see by Manjimaru's stats being shown on top of the screen, the boss fight is already started.

He has 120 HP and basically...




...just this one attack, which is to "swing his sword with all his might". It deals about 5 damage to Manjimaru. On the other hand, Manjimaru deals at level 7 about 30 damage to him. So this will not really last too long although you might want to top off your HP near the end of the fight (trust me on this one).



Awesome.

I know, I know. For a soldier of the Root Clan, how can he be so weak, that's what you're thiking, right?
Hahahahaha. All right, I will live up to your expectations, then. So, get your eyes out and take a good look, for this is the true power of the Root Clan!



Mm-hm. Yep. You know that feeling the the JRPG boss is trolling you.

Anyway, second phase! His stats have increased slightly: this time he has 130 HP and Manjimaru can deal about 20 damage in one hit. On the other hand, he now deals about 8 damage per hit (his attack is still the same, just more powerful). The problem is that in addition to his own attack, he also counters every one of yours--the end result is that he basically attacks twice per turn most of the time. This is a problem, for one simple reason: the turn order. It can happen that he goes second in a turn, but that he then ends up going first in the next turn. So this means in general you need to be ready to take up to three of his attacks at any point during this fight otherwise you can be in for a very bad time if you get unlucky with the turn order. So, now you'll need to use those heals finally! Othewise, this is not too different from last time and is simply about trading blows.

All right, let's try this again.




How can I of all people be...
So, this is what the people of Fire Clan are like... Well, next time we meet, I will definitely mean it, you kid!





And he's gone and we can rescue our mother.

Thank you, Manjimaru! Your strength is truly...
But you need to become even stronger...
Finally, that day has come. Let's return home quickly, I have something very important to talk to you about urgently.



Back at home, mum has a story to tell us. And it's a bit of a long one, so get comfortable!

Manjimaru, right now, I have to give you your father's words. I was told to absolutely tell you all this in case of emergency. So I have no choice, but to tell you...
It is said that a thousand years ago a small country named The Root Country plotted to conquer Jipang.



The Root Clan used seven giant orchids to revive the evil god, Yomi.



With their help, Jipang was turned into hell and they ultimately took control over it.



But only the people known as the Fire Clan continued to stubbornly fight against the Root Clan until the very end. The battle lasted a thousand days, during which time most of the Fire Clan lives were lost and so was their capital city.









Manjimaru, your father told me that you are also a member of the Fire Clan.
That's why you have to fight. He said that because you are of the Fire Clan, you have to protect Jipang.
.....
To tell you the truth, I actually didn't want to tell you all this. You're the only one I have left now that dad is gone, and you're his son...



She steps over to the chest of drawers. Remember, this is the one which we found was locked at the start of the game!

Take these with you, Manjimaru. Here's the battle coat and the sword your father gave me.

Heirloom sword obtained!

Battle coat obtained!

Manjimaru equips them automatically.


[SENGOKU MANJIMARU]

Go, Manjimaru! If you have to, go, and come back the youngest general in Jipang! Mother will always be here, waiting for you! Go and retrieve the seven holy swords and cut down the dark orchids. Come back home as a man who surpassed his father!

Well, thanks mum. In any case, we're done here and can now go on our "real" adventure! But before that...



...let's quickly check our equipment screen. We find that indeed the two new pieces of equipment have been put into their expected slots, brining our stats up by a fair bit. And so here is where we are. Attack 53, Defence 45, Agility 46. This should help a lot with random encounters. The old equipment you can of course sell at the earliest opportunity to free up the very limited inventory space.

Anyway, let's head out.




It seems that half the village have gathered in front of our door! In addition to that, the game starts to play a rather heroic music theme, which you can listen to by clicking the below link.



The music in this game is pretty good actually, so I will from time to time provide links to some of it. As you may have noticed in the credits cutscene, in charge of music for this game was the Studio Ghibli legend, Joe Hisaishi and he also composed some of the music tracks (in the first game of the Tengai Makyou series, the music director was none other than Ryuichi Sakamoto). Anyway, the music in this game is kind of interesting also because while a lot of it is just synthesized by the console, for the more "important" tracks, they are recorded as CD audio tracks and simply played in game.

Back to the game, we'll continue by talking to ALL of these people (of which there is 9 plus the two kids, probably Manjimaru's minions)!


I heard that you saved Oharu-san and the people of Takayama. I thought you were just a brat, but all of a sudden you turned praiseworthy!
Right, I think you father was a fried of tengu at Mt. Mitake. So you should go and seek him out, he will help you.

Sure. I mean he will just have a magic scroll, like all other tengu, but still.

It seems that people have returned to Takayama safely. Go and pay them a visit to cheer them up!
Since you like to fight so much, I'm sure you won't lose to anyone! Go for it!
I did nothing but nag you, but now everyone in the village sees you in a new light. Please forgive me!
We'll protect Oharu-san! Don't worry about the village, just go and do your best!
Manjimaru! Go and cause havoc in the wide world! Let the name of Shirakawa's brat general be heard across Jipang! Also, it seems that Taikun and his party passed through the checkpoint south of Takayama into the Owari province. Chase him down and punch him in the face when you see him again!
You caused many troubles here, but we'll miss you when you're gone. So come and visit from time to time.
Your mother is a strong and determined person, but still... think of her sometimes when you're sleeping under the open sky on your journey!

And finally, our two minions.

It's so exciting that the boss was carrying that heavy fate on his back! We can't do anything to help you, but we'll all protect the village!
You're going away alone, boss. But it's only for a while. You'll be back soon. *sniff*



Next, let's talk to people in these two houses. We'll start from the left.



Oharu-san said something about a holy sword. But can it really defeat the Root Clan?

And the kid:

Boss, where are you going? It's sad, but if that's your decision, I'll see you off with a smile!



The other house.

It seems that the Root Clan castle has appeared south in the Owari province.

Excuse me, what do you mean by "appeared"? Ah, I'm sure we'll figure it out eventually.



Over here is the shop. I remember to sell my not needed equipment, but if we go upstairs...



...there is a person in bed here who is not feeling too well.

*cough* I had a bad dream... Under a big orchid, the youkai were eating people. It must be coming to me straight from hell... I guess I don't have long left to live.



Down here we have two more houses.



Since the guy is only a save point, we'll talk to the woman instead.

The travelling salesmen are talking that Taikun and his people have headed south. Be careful!



And the three people upstairs.

You have an important mission, but please keep in mind also auntie Oharu.
It seems that your destiny has begun to move in a big way. Manjimaru, you're a man too big to fit in this small village. When you're done with your travels, you'll probably leave the village, but I have no doubt you will be fine.

The last person gives us a bit of a tutorial which we can skip since we already know the stuff.



In the other house.

You will come back a greater man than your father, Manjimaru. Everyone in the village is praying for your safety.



Finally, we'll go inside the temple. The two minions here are the same ones we already saw in front of our house, so no need to talk to them again.



Every day will boring while the boss is gone...
Boss! I heard the rumour that the dark orchid can only be cut down by the holy sword of the Fire Clan! So please do your best!

No pressure, though.

I'll come up with a new prank, for when you come back, Boss!



All right, finally, we can set off.



Since there were some mentions about Taikun and his posse going towards the southern checkpoint, let's first head there to see what we can find.



We'll go past Takayama going south...



...and then head west.



By the way, the lightning spell we got last time is excellent for this situation. It hits all enemies at once plus it one-shots these guys.



But anyway, here's the checkpoint. As you can see it's not possible to reach the southern side without going through it (the rest of the map has mountains which block the way). Let's head in and see what goes on there.



As usual we'll talk to the locals.

I'm thinking of going to Takayama, but I heard it's dangerous now. What do you think?

The second person has a more useful comment.

If you go south along the river, you'll reach Umase village, where they have the waterwheels. It's a small village, but travelling salesmen hang out there, so you can hear all sorts of rumours.

Ah. That sounds like our cup of tea. But first we have the house here to check out.



A couple of soldiers are stationed here.

Ah, the Taikun's party has gone south. Actually I don't want them to come back again--they just cause us more work, like having to escort them. It's such a nuisance.
Oh! You! I know you! You defeated the monster in Double-ended cave! But I can't remember your name, ahahahahaha! By the way, did you hear the rumour that you can recover your physical strength and skill level simply by walking around. You don't have to go back to an inn.

Sure, and indeed being able to recover HP and MP by walking would be super useful... were it not for the fact that there is a random encounter every few steps. In any case, "going back to an inn" will become sort of a solved problem soon(ish).

Anyway that's all there is here, so we'll proceed on south. It might be useful to head first to Umase village.




Lots of bridges here!



Also some new (and stronger) enemies. This is "monster root" and I hate him.



As you can see, his defence stat is really high, which means that Manjimaru does not do much damage and it takes multiple hits to get rid of him. On the other hand his attack is reasonably strong too. And the rewards are not great: 1 EXP, are you kidding me?

When it's just one like this it's sort of manageable, but we'll see shortly a much more annoying enemy formation.

Anyway, on the screenshot with all the bridges, you can already see the village we're going to, so we'll just head in.




Welcome to Umase village (馬瀬="horse rapids").

Let's talk to the person!

There's something strange going on with the Joumon cave. You should talk to the travelling salesmen at the village headman's house. If you are heading down to Owari province, you should probably go and talk to them.

Incidentally, many of the place names in this game are historical place names in Japan. Such is the case also with Owari province which used to be where the city of Nagoya is today. Also, the village headman's house is that one right there, so let's see.



The headman as always only acts as a save point, so we'll talk to the other guys.

Nowadays, the only way between Hida and Owari provinces is the underground cave. It used to be a tomb, but someone turned it into a passage. I guess it must have been some kind of a cursed fellow who wanted to have an easy access to steal from the city.
Oltimers like us still remember when the Joumon Cave was a treasure trove. These days, there's hardly anything to be found there, although I heard the other day about about a guy who made a fortune picking up a shamisen and a biwa there.

Shamisen and biwa (a kind of a lute) are both traditional Japanese instruments.

Are you going to Owari province? There is a road called Joumon south of the village, but I hear that monsters have taken up residence there. It's not really my business, so I won't tell you to stay away from there, but really you should stay away, all right?
I was going to go through the Joumon Cave and quickly get to Inuyama, but... I got too scared. There's something in there...

Nice. Sounds very inviting. But ultimately we need to follow on the trail of Taikun and his people, so we'll have to keep going south.



There are also a couple of people upstairs!

I shouldn't be saying bad things, but... don't get yourself involved with the man sleeping over there. Sometimes you think you're saving somebody, but before long you find that you've gotten into trouble yourself. Do you understand?
It was good for him that Atsuko disappeared. Between you and me, she is a bit... in the head. Even if you meet her, just don't talk to her at all. I hope I'm not telling you this too late.

So, yeah, there's that sleeping guy there in the corner and we can talk to him. But... should we?

In any case we will not do it just yet. This whole thing is actually a part of a sidequest, which is better left for a bit later on. So we'll be back to deal with that.




In the meantime, back outside, here we have two people.

The creepy looking root on the other side of the southern mountains is apparently the root of that flower which grows in Takayama. There's another similar one to the west of this village, but I heard it's a different colour. I wonder if it also blooms elsewhere. Can't we do something about it, it's just a couple of flowers?

Or seven. He's talking about those roots blocking the road that we saw last time. But apparently there are other similar ones in different colour? Does it mean more dark orchids in the world? I mean probably yes, based on what Manjimaru's mother told us.

Let's talk to the farmer.


The Root Clan is said to be hanging about in these parts, so I can't even go for a walk...

Yeah, you almost definitely don't want to be leaving your village right now.



Over here we have a few wheelhouses on the river. The one on the right is empty, but the other two have people inside. However, let's first talk to the guy near the bridge.

You see them often outside the village... they're the Root Clan. They seem to work for Taikun, looking for a purple-haired youth. Hey! Don't tell me it's you! Well, just... don't go near the Joumon cave, all right?

Sorry, but... I don't think we have a choice here.



Then we check out the first wheelhouse.

Talking to her gives me a headache. Better not do it.

And what does she have to say.

It goes round and round... the water wheel goes round and round. When I look at the wheel, I see that everything goes round and round. Me. You. The entire human history. A water wheel is better because at least it doesn't turn empty. How curious.

All right...



...let's check the other wheelhouse.

No matter how much flour I grind, thanks to the Root Clan, I can't go to the other villages to sell it. Bullying us poor people is not really funny, you know.



Next, we have these two ladies in front of the shop.

Kabuki Danjurou is a big and strong man who lives in Inuyama town, down in Owari province. He seems to claim to be of Fire Clan. He's way stylish, even her daughter Atsuko went to meet him.

We're definitely staying away from the Atsuko sidequest for now, as mentioned. However, if this Kabuki claims to be of Fire Clan, then we should probably go and see him... which means we'll have to brave the cave.

The other person:


If I was 30 years younger like my daughter Atsuko, I would fly to Master Kabuki... but I also have a husband to think of. But do such small details even matter with a deep love like this.

So. This Kabuki dude seems to be a bit of a heartbreaker.

Let's go in the shop.




We can talk to the guy in the corner there.

I know you from the Fire Clan have a strong body and can basically recover by sleeping it off and poison or curse don't matter. But even so, if you go to an unfamiliar place, you should at least take some refreshing tablets with you. They can bring everything back to normal immediately.

"Refreshing Tablets" (清涼丸) are actually a thing in traditionaly East Asian medicine. Their effect is basically like paracetamol, to relieve the symptoms of fever. In this game, they recover one party member from status effects.

Yes, this is absolutely a hint that the next boss fight will involve also a status effect attack, but it's pretty minor so it won't play a decisive role. Therefore you don't necessarily need to worry about this just yet.

Let's go upstairs.




The village headman's boy is a bit in trouble. He seems completely out of it just because that woman ran away. I mean... is Kabuki Danjurou really that much of a lady-killer?

This is about Atsuko again, I guess? Also, this Kabuki has been built up so much that we're bound to be disappointed when we actually meet him, I think.

In Inuyama in Owari province, they are gatheing an army to fight the war against the Root Clan! They are doing it right now! Of course I'm going to go and join too... that is, if my mummy lets me.



We have two more houses to visit, next to the shop.



I overheard that Takayama and the Root Clan are somehow related. I haven't seen it with my own eyes but I heard some people saw them coming out of the ground...
About six months ago, I was working on a dig site for Taikun near the Capital. I went there because they were paying good money. Eventually we found some kind of sword and had to be really careful with it. Taikun said he was taking it to Owari... but I don't think he realised how far it is. You're going to steal it from him sonny, right?

Well, that sounds like a holy sword to me. So, probably?

Also the capital has no specific name in the game, it's referred to simply as... The Capital
(京).

The other house:



I hear that a castle made of bones has sudenly appeared in the Owari province to the south... That's quite troublesome... and then I hear that there is a giant flower blooming in Takayama. What the heck is even going on around here?

Yeah, well, that's what we're here to figure out!



Upstairs.

If you go west along the mountains south of this village there lives a Tengu with whom I was always playing go. But now that the roots have sprouted the road is blocked and I can't visit him any more.



Before we go, let's not forget this kid here on the stone path.

Are you brother Manjimaru-san?
[ Yes. ] / No.
Master Tengu from Mt. Mitake says you should visit him once. The mountain is far to the east, near a big pond, so you should be able to see it easily. Oh, right, he likes people to bring him soba dumplings as souvenir.

Soba dumplings is another HP recovery item. So I bought one of those in the shop before, just so we don't visit the Tengu empty-handed!

It's time to head back out!




If we look to the west...



...we do indeed find some roots blocking the way, and they are indeed different colour from the ones last time (sea-blue this time), exactly as we were told. Well, nothing doing here, so let's head the other way.



Some way to the east, squeezed between a mountain and a large lake, we find another Tengu's hut, also exactly as we were told. Let's pay him a visit.





Oh, yes! The soba dumplings! Give them to me, Manjimaru! Mmmm, delicious!
By the way, Manjimaru, it's been a while, so you probably don't remember... but actually your father and I were friends and you've been here with him a few times.
Oh, that was tasty! Anyway, take this "Angel's Raiment" scroll!

Obtained the "Angel's Raiment" scroll.

Now this one is interesting. It's actually gives you the limited ability to fast travel! It costs 6 MP to use, but it allows you to teleport to any town within the same province that you've already been to. So it's not possible to travel longer distances, but still, if you make sure to leave 6 MP unused, it gives you a quick exit to a town with an inn in case you get too beaten up at some point. Not bat at all.

Tengu has a bit more to say.


The Root Clan must have hidden the seven holy swords inside their castles. Without them, there's nothing we can do against dark orchids. Manjimaru, you need to go and retrieve those swords!

Yeah, I know, I know. I'm working on it.

Well, all right. Let's leave here...



...and try to find our way towards the Joumon cave.



Ugh, I hate these monster roots so much and now there's two of them plus a flower.



We found the cave, but here is also another blocked path. This time, the flowers are red.

As we walk to the cave...




Oh god.

Yeah, as you can imagine, this is for sure the strongest enemy so far and with most HP too. We can just about handle it and our Lightning Flash scroll certainly works on it decently well.




But I should probably explain that name. "Night-sword gods" (夜刀の神) a.k.a. Yato-no-kami, are snake-like deities in Japanese folklore. Their first written appearance is around the 8th century and are generally considered to be malevolent. Their name in the game is shortened to just ヤト (Yato), but it's clear what they are meant to be.



Well, all right, I guess we should head in.

But before that, a piece of advice. Don't head inside unless Manjimaru is at least level 9. There is a boss fight at the end, and you won't be surviving it on a lower level than 9--I will explain more in a moment.




The cave starts with a long(ish) hallway...



...leading to a staircase going down.



Well, what is this now. This is also a short dungeon with just this one floor. Interestingly, there are no random encounters here, but instead you can see the enemies walking around. You really want to conserve your HP and heals, so in order to get to the boss, it's best to simply treat this as a stealth section. The enemies will not attack you unless you come near them, so just try to avoid them as you walk around.

However, if you do get attacked...




...here's what happens. "Warm Corpse" is such an absolutely endearing name.



Really, just avoid them.



Anyway, the important part is that there are a bunch of chests around this place. Generally, they are empty (we've been told that the place has already been looted!), however... there are two which still have stuff in them.



Like this one here... but this one is a joke so just ignore it.



And also this one here, in the furthest top right corner. At first glance this one sounds terrible too--after all, it seems to be just a weapon, and weaker than the one we already have, too.

However, the appearances can be deceiving. You definitely want to get this before going into the boss fight.

All the rest of the chests here, most of them are empty, but some will also thrust you into a battle with a Warm Corpse. Either way, other than the two I mentioned, none of the rest are worth opening.




After picking up the halberd, we want to head down this way, making sure we're not seen by those guys.



And here we go, the boss is literally waiting for us. In the top corner there, you can just about see part of another chest. It takes a long way around to go there and back out and it's... just empty like most of them! Such a troll... although we HAVE been told about that situation.

Anyway, let's approach.




I literally can't believe you managed to defeat that horned idiot.
I am the Clawed King, of the Grim Reaper Bros! Don't worry, this will only hurt a little!

So, I try not to do this too much, but I can't resist here. It's time for a "translator's note", sponsored today by the "Keikaku means Plan" corporation. Anyway, in that last bit "this will only hurt a little", the Japanese verb used is かわいがる, which officially means "to treat someone in an affectionate way", however it is very often used ironically to mean the exact opposite, i.e. to give a "rough" treatment to someone. So I tried to preserve here a bit the wordplay present in the original.

Anyway, this battle is not "difficult" as such, however, it's kind of a damage race. He can damage you for a lot and you simply need to be able to keep up with your heals and to damage him also in the process. When you're level 8 or lower, this generally will not work, because he is doing too much damage. Upgrading to level 9 will increase your defence, plus get you enough MP for two more heals with the Fresh Grass scroll. Of course you can also go and buy healing items, but on level 8 and lower no matter how many of those you have you simply are not going to be able to keep up turn wise--did I forget to mention that he generally attacks twice per turn? Yeah, he does.




Mostly, this will be his opening move. Acid is sort of like a weak poison--at this point it deals 2 HP of damage per turn. You can use a Refreshing Tablet to heal it, but also you don't have to. It's only 2 HP per turn after all, and you will have to heal often either way, so it seems to me like a waste of a turn to bother getting this status off you.

Other than that...




...he will just use a normal physical attack like this. It deals about 15 damage per attack, so generally we can expect at least 30 or so per his turn in total (when he doesn't use acid).

In the end, this is basically a damage race, but is there anything we can to do help ourselves a little bit here?

As it turns out, there is. It's only a small help, but still.

So, uh, remember that broken halberd? As I said, it's a (weak) weapon, so it's of no use that way, however... If you have played older Final Fantasy games, in particular Final Fantasy 4/5/6, then you might recall that in those games, weapons can often be also used as items during a battle. E.g. in FF IV, there is a weapon called the Ice Rod, normally meant for mage characters. However, you can also use it in battle as an item and in that case you get a free infinite number of casts of a weak Blizzard spell.

You can already see where I'm going with this. This game also allows you to do the same with some of the weapons... and the broken halberd is certainly one of them. But, what kind of effect does it have? Well, let's use it and see...




And what does the heat haze actually do? Why, it reduces his hit accuracy! It's not really by much, he'll only miss about 25% of the time, but every little bit helps, really. Just be careful--it doesn't last forever. The game will tell you that the "heat haze has faded out", so this is your cue to reapply it. As I said, it's only a little help, but it's free so why not.

Anyway, it continues on like this, with trading blows until he's defeated.




Luckily here there is no second phase, so after he's defeated, we just get a few "choice" words.

I see... so you are not completely useless, after all. Well, it's not going to be so easy next time.

Ugh, why does there have to be a next time? I'm fine how things are now! Either way, that was the second Grim Reaper brother.



Now we can take the staircase up. As mentioned, that closed chest there is one of the empty ones.



And we just make our way out through the exit corridor. Unfortunately, status effects like acid do persist after the battle, but in this case, it will actually wear off by the time we exit the cave.



And... we managed to reach the Owari province. But who are those guys to the right. They look a bit weird. Let's have a look.



We were tricked by them! We were used by them! They made us believe that we could conquer Jipang by recovering the seven swords that sealed the dark orchids! We were used! It's not our fault! We are not the bad guy! We are not the bad guy! It's not our fault!

Ahahahahahahaha, what can one even say here. But more importantly, who are those three sages even working for actually? Well, there's time to figure that out. But in the meantime, two of Taikun's servants are also here in an advanced state of petrification, so let's talk to them while we still can!

We were made like this because that fool Taikun asked those guys to give him eternal life!
My head is getting foggy... What... the king of Jipang... the first retainer...

The second guy is already losing it, it seems...

By the way, in case you are wondering about the way Taikun speaks. In original Japanese, he is using for himself the pronoun "maro" (麿) which is a very archaic first person pronoun that used to be used primarily by high ranking nobles/court. So the constant use of "we" in English is meant to mimic that to an extent.

Well, that was all fun and games, but... at this point I realise I had forgotten to do something. So I head back to Umase village (you can walk back through the cave, all enemies are now gone there so it's completely safe!).



Over to the shop.



Let's just buy a straw hat to improve our defence a little bit! It's a typical old style Japanese straw hat (sandogasa):



Equipping it gives us +2 in defence compared to our previous equipment:



All right, now back to where we were.



if we go a few steps to the south...



...we find what looks like a slightly bigger town! Let's check in, if nothing else to get some rest after all of this. It probably doesn't come across so much through screenshots, but due to a somewhat realistic world layout and such (and the inability to save on the overworld) this game kind of really makes you feel like you're on a journey, and is a bit of a relief when you reach a place where you can rest safely for a bit. Anyway, into the town!



Welcome to Inuyama town! Inuyama (犬山) means "dog mountain".

Hoever, immediately, things start happening!




A guy that is being carried on some sort of carrier is brought in! Let's see what this is all about!



OH. MY. GOD. THIS GUY.

In any case, he leaves the scene, just the same way he came.

So this is the famed Kabuki Danjurou, the most eligible man of Jipang... Well, the first impression maybe not that great, but we'll see. Incidentally, he is voiced by Yamaguchi Kappei, known back in the day for his roles as male Ranma and Inuyasha.




All right then. Looks like the plot is fully in motion, but we'll stop here for now. Next time we'll explore the new town and continue on our journey!

Take care and see you soon!




ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.

idonotlikepeas posted:

Just for future reference, you could consider "I'll take GOOD care of you" which has a similar set of idiomatic meanings in English - that is, literally meaning to help someone but frequently used to mean the opposite, especially with emphasis on the word 'good'.

(Please don't take this as a criticism of the amazing job you're doing here; just a thought I had.)
Thanks! As I've mentioned before English is not my native language so I miss the simple options like this sometimes! :v:

Randalor posted:

Whe he joins the party, does he bring his palanquin and the women who can apparently fuckihg book it while hauling him?
He does not bring it, however fear not, there will certainly be a payoff for the whole palanquin thing very soon!

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.

Cirina posted:

I'm curious, when leaving the house one of the npcs mentioned that the people were returned to Takayama and you should visit them, is there any new or interesting dialogue there?

Ugh, I accidentally skipped it it seems!

It's only 3-4 people and they don't really say anything we haven't already heard from others in some form or another. However, I will incorporate it into the next update (alternately if I run over the character limit for a post then I will edit it into the previous update--but either way it will be posted somehow).

Sorry about that!

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.
    



When we last left off, Manjimaru finished defeating (with some difficulty) two of the three Grim Reaper Bros. Finally he entered Inuyama town where we had a somewhat unfortunate encounter with Kabuki Danjurou, apparently the most eligible man in Jipang.



However, last time we were also told to go and check in on the inhabitants of Inuyama, after we managed to free some of them from the prison in Double-ended cave.

Since I forgot to do it then, let's do it now and see how they are doing.




The town is certainly still not in a great shape, but some of the life has returned to it, so let's see who we can find. First we can already talk to that gentleman there.

Ah, both my family and home are gone... I wonder if there's anything left to live for?



And a lady over here...

Ah, Manjimaru-san... It's good that you have been able to return to the village, but you look different somehow... Anyway, I think I heard them say that they are hiding the holy sword in the Demon Bone Castle down in Owari province... Please be careful...

Lovely. With that kind of name it must be an absolutely lovely place. Can't wait (not).



There's not many people around so they are quite spread apart...

I'm glad that your mother is safe, Manjimaru-san. I'm really glad... please keep her safe! Manjimaru-san, this is not an unreasonable request, right? I'm looking forward to the day this dark orchid will be gone...



Well, let's also check out a few houses. Like this one for example.



There are a couple of people upstairs.

No matter what we do, this town is no more... I thought about leaving, but... Jipang is full of Root Clan anyway... There's darkness everywhere... Anyhow we're all going to die...
Even though you made the effort to rescue us *cough* that man only sits around and whines... When I'm feeling better again I'm literally going to strangle him! But, Manjimaru-san. Be careful when you go to Owari province. The Root Clan is definitely going to try and ambush you in Joumon cave!

In another house...



...upstairs, there are a couple more people in recovery.

Ah... Why did such a terrible thing happen on the day of the festival that everybody was looking forward to so much?
Manjimaru-san... Taikun seems to have gone through the southern checkpoint... Chase them and avenge us!



And here is the inn where Manjimaru and his posse were going to stay.



The innkeeper is not doing so well...

If I take money from you, Manjimaru-san, I don't think I could face my dead son... So please stay here for free if you need.

And his daughter.

Boss! My brother... My brother was eaten by a monster... Boss, please catch the villain!



And one last person upstairs.

Manjimaru boss-san... Why did my husband and I get spared, but my son...



Finally, the village headman's house.



There are three people here.

Manjimaru-san, who the hell are those guys from the Root Clan? He was saying some nonsense about a thousand year vow or something...
Manjimaru-san, the Root Clan people mentioned something about a hideout in the Demon Bone Castle, down south in Owari province. Are you going there? Don't die--you're the only one who can fight them now!
Master Manjimaru! I heard the story! Taikun intends to take over all of Jipang with the power of those monsters! Please go after him and stop this nonsense!

That's pretty much everything going on in Takayama village at the moment (other than the fact that the shops have reopened).

So let's head back to where we were, i.e. Inuyama town.




As always...



...we'll make a tour of the town! So let's start here.

Weapon dealers from all over the country have gathered in the town because our lord was about to start the fight against the Root Clan. There's even a fellow who started an armoury! There are many shops with a dizzying array of goods, but they all seem to be thriving somehow...

Indeed, you can see shops all around us right here. There are even two weapon shops (the two bottom ones with the symbol). They both sell completely different items from each other. There are also more weapon shops in this town that just these two.



Over here on the east side, even more shops and also this elderly gentleman.

In the south east of Owari province there is a lake off whose coast is a pagoda where goddess Benten lives, a holy place that all men would like to visit. I would also like to go there at least once before I die!

Benten (or more often, Benzaiten) is the Buddhist goddess of arts/wisdom/eloquence. Knowing this game, surely this is someone we can actually meet with. So let's make a note of this for later.



Hello, lady!

Master Kabuki was chosen as captain at such a young age because of his performance during the first attack on Demon Bone Castle! He couldn't be more different than you--you just loiter around towns, not knowing what to do.

A little dig at the player here, I guess. But also, when exactly was this attack on the castle?



People are a bit spread around in this town...

That old lady claims to know how to open the gates of the Demon Bone Castle! But she's known to exaggerate things, so take it with a grain of salt.



Well, there is certainly an old lady over here.

They say that a hermit who lives beyond the eastern mountains has acquired a rare musical instrument... but I wonder if that fool can even play it? Anyway, if you would like to pay him a visit, go to the Akiba mountains near the Nagashino town.

Oh, good. More new places to visit. So Nagashino town is in the far eastern part of the province, noted.

Also the other woman at the top there.

I was really surprised to hear that the Demon Bone Castle of the Root Clan sprang suddenly from the ground. But now that Master Kabuki Danjurou has been named the commander of the suppression force, I feel much safer.

Looks like it would not be so bad to have Kabuki in our party, huh? But convincing him is not going to be easy, I'm sure.



There are the two guards, but they don't have much to say!

This here is Inuyama castle!



Inside the castle walls (you can just about see the castle itself on the right.

The Demon Bone Castle has suddenly appeared in the forest to the south. It seems to have cause all the trees in the area to wither away. Make sure not to come near it.

I'm pretty sure we'll be disregarding this warning very soon. But wor now, let's head into the house right there.





Well, I guess that would be Kabuki and a bunch of women. Let's talk to the ladies first.

Atsuko is again alone in the corner of the room. I wish that depressed kid would snap out of it...

Ah, yeah, she is over there.

And you are Master Kabuki's... servant? slave? what? I'll tell you honestly, you don't seem very manly to me.
No way! You have your eyes set on Master Kabuki too? No, don't hide it, as a woman, I can tell!
Oh, my Maaaaaaaaster Kabuki...

And finally, Atsuko.

Don't talk to me so casually!

However, had we taken that love letter, things would have gotten a lot more messy here. But, we'll see about that later.

After all this, of coruse we can talk to Kabuki too.


So you really will do anything to get me to join you, huh?
[ Yes. ] / No.
I see. Well, I know how you feel. After all, Kabuki is about a million times stronger than you.
Well... if you manage to sort out the Demon Bone Castle on your own, then maybe I'll change my mind.
......
But, then again, maybe I won't! Gahahahahahaha!

Oh, man. But either way, now we know what we need to do to get him to join. Also, this means we'll be alone for a while longer. Sigh. Either way, we can't do anything here right now.



Therefore, let's head into the other house next to this one.

I want to receive credit for participating in the next siege of Demon Bone Castle and serve here. Of course, the reward of 1000 ryo would also be nice, but I guess that belongs to commander Kabuki.
I will participate in the next attack on Demon Bone Castle and I will become a full fledged samurai. Of course, there's that 1000 ryo reward, too...



All right, so let's head into the castle proper.



Nice.



Of course, there's more people here, so let's talk to both of them to start with.

In the previous attack on the Demon Bone Castle, many of the decent samurai were killed by the enemy. So we are gathering soldiers urgently... but we have problems to get the number we need. So, all that's left now is to rely on Master Kabuki.
The people in this town are all decent, but they've barely even held a shovel in their life, much less a weapon. Most of the true samurai like me have sufferent injuries in the attack on Demon Bone Castle the other day...



And one more here.

Even if a large number of men rammed the gates of Demon Bone Castle, they wouldn't even leave a scratch. It's being protected by a huge evil power. Until we can find a way to open it, no matter how many times we attack it, it will only result in more people dying.



Next we go upstairs...



...where more people await.

Somewhere in this province, it seems there can be found an instrument that can open seals that are protected by an evil spirit... like the door of Demon Bone Castle. I was also looking for it, but I can't recall what kind of instrument it was. A flute? Or a drum? Ah, maybe it was a shamisen?

Interestingly, we were told last time about some musical instruments getting stolen from Joumon cave. In that case, they spoke of a shamisen and a biwa. So perhaps one of those two? We'll see.

Also as you can see this is a very "old school" JRPG, although back in 1992 it probably wouldn't have been thought of as such.


Hey boy, can you tell me one thing? How does one hold a sword? And if you get cut by it does it hurt? What if I die?

Well, it certainly looks like they are scraping the bottom of the barrel here as far as soldiers.

Root? It's okay, leave it to us. It's surely easier than farm work! Just... what kind of root is it? A radish? A carrot?

Yeah, like I said.

In Owari province, besides Inuyama town, there's also Nagashino town and Fukushima village. Nagashino is all the way in the southeast and it also has a castle. The lord of that castle is our lord's younger brother.



One more person on the other side of the wall.

From the lord of Matsuzaka castle in the Ise province, a carrier pigeon has arrived with the news. It seems that a castle of Root Clan has appeared there too. They've asked us for reinforcements, but we are dealing with our own mess here, too. To begin with, the border crossing at the Suzuka mountain pass is blocked by the roots of a dark orchid!

We're learning of a lot of new places!

Also, since you can already see that staircase to the left, let's go up it to the top floor of the castle!




Up there is what looks like (sort of) a throne room. So let's first talk to the person in the corner.

These days it smells a lot like manure in the castle... The only person we can really rely on is Master Kabuki. Ah... Master Kabuki...

So it seems that they've basically been recruiting farmers with no fighting experience. This can only end well...

Anyway, let's talk to the lord.


I am the lord of Inuyama castle. Would you like to join the suppression forces?
[ Yes. ] / No.
Well, I'm grateful for your offer, but you're not tall enough to meet the recruitment standard for a proper samurai. But you could try talking to my brother in Nagashino.

Sure, ok.

But in any case, we're done with the castle. Back outside...




...let's improve our equipment slightly here in the weapon shop.



Let's buy deerskin shoes.



They replace our previous straw sandals for a nice +5 increase in defence. As always, sell the old equipment to reduce "inventory capacity pressure"



One more thing, though. This guy here was talking about the "old lady who knows how to open the gates of Demon Bone Castle".



She lives in this house, in fact.

I once heard that there was an instrument lying around in Joumon cave that can break demonic seals. It's probably not true, but if such instrument truly exists, then it might be used to enter the Demon Bone Castle.

Ah, so it's definitely one of those two that we've already heard about. My guess is on biwa, but let's see how this goes. By the way, biwa is simply a Japanese version of lute and they even look pretty much the same. Either way, the instrument is no longer in the cave, so we'll have to find it if we want to use it.



Also another guy who I forgot to talk to.

The women call him Master Danjurou, Master Kabuki, and they're all over him like other men don't exist. I'm just as good looking as him! He must be really glad that the Root clan showed up because he's the only one who can handle the monsters... just, he better not "handle" my wife, you know!

All right. let's head out.



We have only one lead--that a hermit living beyond the eastern mountains has come into possession of a musical instrument. So let's try to find him.



We'll head south across the bridge.



On the way, we see on the other side of the mountains what looks possibly like another Tengu's hut. Let's come back there later.



More new enemies are encountered on the way, such as this graveyard janitor (rather imaginative monster names in this game)! There are A LOT of different monsters in this game! Not to mention A LOT of unique boss fights, too!



The mentioned item gives you MP recovery.



Finally, we find ourselves by a cave with a sign in front of it. Let's read the sign first!

Unparalleled in history! The best in the world! The home of the strongest and last great mage, the renowned Snake Hermit!

(By the way, please announce yourself before coming in.)


Heh. But no, we're in a hurry, let's just go in directly!



I see you have a chest behind you.



Is this guy for real. But we don't have a choice, so...



...we go back outside and enter his cave again.



Seriously.



I mean.

It's been a while since I've had a visitor, so I was caught off guard a li'l before, you know.
You must be of Fire Clan. I know because I had two disciples of the Fire Clan in the past myself. One was Orochimaru, a smart and capable learner. The other was... a despicable, stupid fool called Kabuki.
He won't listen to me. He's selfish and always just does what he wants. On top of which, he's a ridiculous womaniser. He doesn't train seriously in martial arts, but just cares about wearing fancy clothes.
But if you get entangled with him, don't worry at all about what he says. If he gives you trouble, you just come to me and I'll sort him out, ok?

That's all nice, but... you don't happen to have a musical instrument? Ah, well, guess not.

Well, let's continue on our travels. We'll keep going east...




On the way, we notice this structure. I'm going to make a wild guess that that's the Demon Bone Castle. Well, nothing we can do about it now, so let's proceed without stopping.

On the way...




Ah yes. The Right Hands Of Night. Of course. For large groups, we'll just use our lightning spell, to minimise the amount of turns they would get otherwise. I mean, many times tiny amount of damage still adds up.



Even though they only have 6 HP, their defence is still quite high, making attacking them physically one by one a pain, as mentioned.



There's a definite "skeleton-y" theme to the monsters somewhat.





Also, notice the dead trees in the vicinity of Demon Bone Castle, just as we were told.

More trouble on the way...




...continuing the skeleton theme.



Travelling on the overworld in this game is actually quite dangerous. Even the relatively lower level enemies hit hard and the random encounter rate is moderately high. Better have enough healing capabilities with you! However, despite a somewhat higher than you would expect difficulty, the game is genuinely fun to play.



Eventually, far in the east, we reach a rather nice looking town with a castle. There's also something there in the lake, but we'll see about that later. It's probably the pagoda of goddess Benten, as we were told. For now, let's head in.



Welcome to Nagashino town! Nagashino (長篠) means "tall bamboo grass". The town itself seems a bit like a Jipangese Venice or Amsterdam (or actually now that I think of it, Stockholm), with lots of canals running through it. Honestly, this game well and truly nails the road trip/exploration aspect. The world just has a good feel about it.



So let's talk with the first three people on this island. (I don't normally go into shops as shopkeepers don't have any dialogue other than offering you their wares. Generally any house you see with a sign on it, like these here, are shops or inns.)

You must be a strange fellow to come to this half-deserted town... There used to be more people here, but the lord quickly fled once the Demon Bone Castle had appeared. And the warriors and merchants followed him. So now it's just us, peasants. We can't abandon the land we were born on, you know!

That's pretty sad.

When the lord left the town, the merchants closed their shops and went somewhere else. By the way, if you need a place to stay, go in the castle. They'll let you stay overnight for free.
Did you meet the Snake Hermit over in the western cave? Every day, that geezer practices his "entrance". And his disciple, Kabuki, is even more ridiculous than that old man. Seriously, the two of them just make the whole province seem rather undignified.

Indeed.



Let's cross over the bridge. By the way, notice the signs on each side of the bridge. The first one reads:

The fish in the moat are the property of the castle. Stealing will be punished severely.

And the second:

Entrance to the castle forbidden for those who are not samurai!

Now let's talk to the gentleman over there. (Notice also the cute Jizo statue to the right of that house. More on those shortly.)

The lord got so scared that he abandoned the castle! That cowardly idiot must have had his balls eaten by the Root Clan!



There is also this lady on the other side. You can also see the castle entrance here.

The samurai who were supposed to protect the castle, ran away before anyone else. Those swords they carry must be just a decoration. So now us farmers who didn't run away have to protect the land. Even if the Root Clan tries to kill us, we'll stay here!



Before heading into the castle, there is one more insland in the northeast, with two more people.

The lord here and the lord of Inuyama are brothers. But whereas the lord of Inuyama gathered the ronin and prepared for the war against the Root Clan, our lord just fled with his tail between his legs. Where he is, I do not know, but I'm sure he's leading a miserable life!
Hey, look. Aren't these eels cute? After the lord disappeared, we all started growing the eels in the castle moat. It's so we could all get stronger and fight against the Root Clan.

Oh, so they are just eating them? Also, eels are NOT cute--not even close.



And one more guy, up here.

It is said that the Umbrella Rock Hermit managed to trick those amateurs in Inuyama and acquire an amazing biwa. It seems that with a single flick of the finger, that Pure Land biwa can make the evil seals disappear.

I see, so it was a different hermit then, huh? Well, no problem, we'll find him somehow. Incidentally, Pure Land (浄土) is a buddhist term referring to the celestial realm of a buddha. Yes, this game never stood a chance of getting translated into English, that's pretty clear.



While we can't sleep in the hotel, there are still two people inside to talk to.

You can often hear the beautiful sound of the biwa from Benten's tower in the south. I'm sure it's goddess Bentent playing it herself. The Umbrella Rock Hermit seems to have obtained some kind of a shabby biwa, but his skills are nowhere close.

Hmm. This is getting complicated, we are receiving conflicting info from different people.

The other guy is a travelling salesman. But we don't need anything from him at the moment.

We're done talking to everyone in the town, so as a bit of an extra, let me show you the map of the whole town:




Pretty neat!

So, we want to head into the castle, but there are some good items here which we won't have space for in our inventory to be found there. Therefore it's time for some inventory juggling.



First we'll head back to Inuyama (use of course our Angel's Raiment ability for instant travel). Luckily, to compensate a bit for the limited inventory slots, the game does provide a "storage box" service where you can leave items you're not currently using. It's right here in this house. We'll leave here most of our equipment for now.



Then it's back to Nagashino. Of course, using Angel's Raiment is a must, since we have basically no defence at the moment without any of our equipment.



But now we can head into the castle.





Let's do our usual tour!

I hear you are fighting against the Root Clan? Then take anything you can find in the castle and avenge the people of this town who have been killed by the Root Clan!
Our scaredy-cat lord and the samurai have fled the castle, so we decided to live here instead! After experiencing the castle luxury, it's hard to go back to our previous homes!

And then the guy in the other room.

Because the lord has fled, so we're using this castle without permisison. You can also sleep or make a record here if you want. We even have a comfortable tatami for you!

As mentioned, you can rest or save here in the castle. That chest there only contains a nectar tablet (heal). Let's take that barely visible staircase upstairs.



Hello there.

Have you already been to Benten pagoda? It's visible there in the lake when you look south from the town. The goddess Benten is a beautiful woman and the object of admiration of all men in this country. She receives over 10,000 love letters each day. I've also sent ten myself and I'm excitedly waiting for a reply!

Well, at least we have confirmed what that thing in the lake is.



Hello there.

Are you going to the Demon Bone Castle? Then you should talk to the Umbrella Rock Hermit. He lives in a strangely shaped rock just beyond the northern mountains. I think Rokusuke-san on the third floor knows how to get there.



But, let's head further upstairs...



...and talk to that Rokusuke fellow.

Do you want to go to the Umbrella Rock? Then make an offering of miso dumplings at the Jizo statue at Mt. Akiba, north of the town.

Where would we find miso dumplings? It seems everyone wants dumplings in this country!

Oh, also the two chests there.


Manjimaru found the Foot Soldier's Lance.

And by "foot soldier", I mean "ashigaru" (足軽)--the samurai of the lowest rank..

Manjimaru found the Cedar Chestpiece.

Like an armour made of wood.



Equipping the lance, we receive +5 in attack power.



The wooden armour gives us 18 defence which is actually +3 compared to what we had there before (you can't see it here because I had to leave it in Inuyama to make room!). We're also missing our headgear, but we'll swing by Inuyama and pick that back up later.

We're almost done here...




Except, down on the first floor there is like an eel pond.



You can eat the fish to recover your strength. It has the same effect as resting at the inn.



All right, we're done here for now. Let's hop back to inuyama quickly to get our hat back--I will sell the equipment we replaced so we'll have space for them now. Manjimaru can hold a maximum of 6 pieces of equipment at one time (including the ones which are equipped) and there's usually no reason to keep the weaker equipment around.



After putting all our equipment back on, plus the new parts, here are our stats. Attack 64, Defence 56, Agility 64. Of course you can use these numbers to compare against the enemy stats that I've been posting.



While we're in Inuyama, we'll stop here by this shop.



Because they actually sell miso dumplings, which we were told we should bring as offering to the Jizo statue near Nagashino.



Therefore, next is to head back to Nagashino immediately (don't worry I've just been using the teleport spell for all of this!).

Let's go and look for that Jizo statue.




But of course the teleport leaves us just outside of a town, so as I make those two steps to get inside, we get interrupted. One of these we can mostly handle, but more than one would definitely be a problem.



They can also inflict the "acid" status on you which is not too awful, but it does persist after battle. Luckily I have a couple of those status healing items from last time, so I'll just use one. Manjimaru can also carry a maximum of 6 non-equipment items. You might be wondering, though, how is it even possible to do anything in the game with such small inventory limit. Well, two things. First, there is a place where you can temporarily store them. And second, and more importantly, this WILL get better once we have more party members--each party member actually gets their own separate inventory. So that means that the total number of "things" you can have on you is ultimately not too bad, other than the fact that you have to fiddle with the "give" command to move items back and forth depending on what you need to do. Oh, well.



Just a bit to the north and around the mountains, there is this cool place! Let's have a look.



We have found Mt. Akiba waterfall! Very nice. You can just about see the waterfall in the top left, but we'll check it out in a second! Incidentally Akiba (秋葉) means "autumn leaf".



As we were told, there is a Jizo statue right next to the waterfall, but first let's chat to that person there.

I came here to make my way through the mountains, but... I accidentally forgot to buy some miso dumplings. It seems that now I have to go all the way back to Inuyama, so I'm not really sure what to do.

Just in case you forgot, the game reminds you again.

Well, all right, let's see. Jizo
(地蔵) is basically a guardian deity of children and travellers. You will often find these child-like stone statues, pretty much looking just like the one you can see there on the screenshot. You might notice that the statue on the screenshot appears to be wearing a red bib. This is not accidental. Jizo being the protector of children, here the belief is that this garment will be provided to the children who have passed away. So you will often find these statues wearing red bibs and/or hats.

Anyway, however, we are here to make an offering to Jizo at this time. There is not a specific command for that in the game, but...




...you simply stand in front of the statue and select the "use" command for the item you wish to offer. In our case, of course, we'll offer miso dumplings.

Majimaru puts miso dumplings in front of Jizo as an offering.

It works out rather well:



So now we have, presumably, a path through the mountains!



Let's head in!



Inside, there's mostly one way to go. This cave does not have a special name. It's simply called "Mt. Akiba Cave".



We need to go deeper! As far as I know, there are actually no random encounters here, so it's totally safe.



For some reason, there is a hot spring here. As you probably guessed, it recovers your health.



Continuing east, there is a staircase up and a chest. The chest contains miso dumplings, so the game gives you immediately back the one you just used! It's just a health recovery item (about 40 HP). After this we take the staircase up.



On the upper floor, the same situation--a chest and a staircase (which you can just barely see to the right). The chest contains a "Wind Amulet", which is a single use fast travel item. So I guess if you are short on MP and can spare an item spot... this is for you. Anyway, up we go.





We've reached the other side of the cave, it seems. There is clearly a village just around the mountains there. Let's go visit it!



Obviously there are interruptions on the way.



But anyway...





...welcome to Fukushima village. Fukushima (福島) means "lucky island" or "blessed island", something like that. This is another small(ish) place, so let's see what the residents have to tell us! We can start with those two.

Before we realised, an ugly castle was built in the village. If you ask me, it really spoils the beauty of the place...
In this village, there is a Jizo statue with great spiritual power. When villagers have a wish, they ask him for help. So if there is something that you need, tell Jizo-san and you just might just receive his blessing.

Well, good to know! I'm sure we'll find a way to use it.



Let's continue with this gentleman here.

Have you met the Umbrella Rock Hermit who lives to the west of the village? He's quite popular, although his drawing skills are not up to par. Still he tries to push his bad drawings on everyone who visits.



On the east side is a Jizo statue and a woman.

It seems that monsters of the Root Clan are appearing more and more these days... even in the river! I was surprised the otherday when I came to wash my clothes. I looked up the river and there was a monster there eating a man. I was so scared, I don't dare to leave the village any more!



Let's continue here.

This is ridiculous, how that castle appeared. When I went to bed it wasn't there, but when I woke up the next morning it was suddenly there! This is very mysterious.

Or perhaps... somebody just wished for it on the Jizo statue?

Anyway, next...



...we go in this house.



If you go down the river on the east side of the village, you can reach the Benten Pagoda. But I've never been there. Benten Pagoda is for women only, men are not allowed there. Oh, I would really like to visit goddess Benten at least once!

Yeah, everything seems to point to Benten, but how would we go down the river? We don't exactly have a boat.



And here is the castle, on the east side, by the river. It does look a bit tacky. There seem to be two of those kids around.

I am a member of the council of elders! Isn't it amazing?
I am a member of the council of elders! I am very smart!

And then also the soldier-looking fellow.

My lord has not only fled from the Root Clan, but now he just sits in this unsightly castle. I've had enough. Tomorrow I will become a farmer and start growing vegetables!

So looks like this is where the lord of Nagashino ended up. Did he just literally wish on a Jizo statue somehow to get a castle? I mean, I can't quite put my finger on it, but there's something off about the way it looks. But anyway let's go inside...



...and talk to the lord.

I am the lord of Nagashino, but I've come here to Fukushima temporarily to recuperate. This castle has a certain unique character that others don't... like a certain stylistic beauty.
They say, "it will burn in a fire" or "it will be blown away in the wind"... sure, it has some flaws, but home is where you make it, you know?
Actually this castle was drawn by the Umbrella Rock Hermit, and made real by the power of Jizo. You're welcome to visit me any time. Would you like to become my servant?
[ Yes. ] / No.
Then by this act I make you a member of the council of elders!

Well, allright, now I see it, it really does look drawn, especially on the inside. However, an idea is starting to form in my head now. So let's see if it works.

Also why is he making everybody be a member of the council of elders?

In any case, it's time to go, but before that...




...I did foget one house.

I was playing in the woods the other day and... came across a Tengu's house! He was... he was... um, I think he was all the way to the west.

Well, all right, we'll check it out.

After leaving the village and heading all the way to the west...




...we find indeed what looks like a Tengu's hut! It seems to be the same one we've observed recently from the other side!



Huh, there are still today people existing with as much fire blood as you? So it hasn't all disappeared! It seems that after a thousand years the Fire Clan has come up with some quite good ones! I suppose you've been living among humans, so you don't know much about anything. So I'll tell you the most important thing.
Your real enemy aren't those bastards you're fighting now. I will tell you now the name. It's Yomi, their king. Or, I should say, their god. That is the real enemy. Don't forget that.
And now take my Demonic Fire scroll and learn how to use it! We're running out of time.

So from this guy, we get our basic fire spell. It's called "Demonic Fire" (鬼火) and deals a small amount of fire damage to one enemy. Manjimaru can hold up to 14 different scrolls at one time. The same mechanic applies with each character having their own inventory and the ability to pass them around... although, not everyone can use every spell, so something to keep in mind.



Let's head back towards Fukushima (east).



On the way there, there is this structure. So let's go inside.



I guess this is where the Umbrella Rock Hermit lives?



Ah, there he is, with the paintbrush in his hand! Don't worry about the chest, it's empty.

I am the Umbrella Rock Hermit! I'm very talented at playing the biwa, I guess you came to listen to me play?
[ Yes. ] / No.
Well, that's unfortunate, really. Benten asked for her biwa back so I gave it to her. But, don't worry, I can still do something for you, if you see what I mean.
[ Yes. ] / No.
When you took all this effort to come here, I'm not going to let you leave empty handed! Oh, that's right! I will draw you one of my famous drawings! Let me see...

Eventually...



There is some writing on this picture, here is what it means.

Left side:
傘岩仙人 ("Umbrella Rock Hermit")
Right side:
卍丸さん江 ("To Manjimaru-san")

So, I'm going to have to launch into of my typically long explanations here, feel free to skip this paragraph if you're not interested in the intricacies of Japanese language. Specifically the point is about the usage of the character there, which doesn't look like it belongs, and normally one would expect to see the particle instead in that spot in the meaning of "To...". However, as it turns out, our hermit friend simply wants to be more formal, and that means, of course, using more kanji, so he's using this kanji like a more formal/archaic/ancient version of the particle (because the pronunication is the same). You will see this sometimes, although I guess it's not super common. If he TRULY wanted to be really formal, then he could have also used the "official" formal version of さん (-san) and written the whole thing like this: 卍丸賛江 instead! I must admit I also had not encountered this kind of usage before seeing it here in the game, which prompted me to look up what this is all about.

Well, all right.




I don't think we're getting anything else from this guy. He clearly doesn't have the musical instrument, and this very crude drawing of a boat is all we're going to get. So let's head back to Fukushima, because I have an idea.



Here we go.



You know, I was thinking...



...about this Jizo statue here.



What if we were to offer it our drawing of a boat?



Surely it can't...



...possibly result...



...in us now having an actual boat we can use to travel around? I mean, that would be insane, right?



ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.

DACK FAYDEN posted:

...does the boat look like that on the overworld map too, because that's amazing
Of course! It absolutely does!

Blaze Dragon posted:

I don't love the inventory space stuff, that looks terrible.
Yeah, I know. First of all, it's not so bad with more people, and second, it actually ends up having an interesting effect: unlike what happens in other JRPGs with bigger/unlimited inventory, in this game, basically NOTHING IS TOO GOOD TO USE! Because inventory space is so limited, you end up just using consumables when you need them, rather than hoarding them "in case a more difficult fight happens later".

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.
    



So, last time when we left Manjimaru...



...he had just obtained a boat by simply wishing for it with a drawing on a Jizo statue. And so our boat looks just like the drawing, but it is, indeed, a fully functional boat!

We need it to do a couple of things here, but in order to save time, we'll quickly go somewhere else to pick up an item that we didn't get last time.




We'll head back east to that first hermit's cave here.



As you might recall, there was a chest behind him that we didn't look at. He's blocking it now, but we do the usual thing by going outside and then back in again like we did last time, then he will move and provide access to it. So, finally...



Ah, well, that's got to have something to do with Kabuki, I'm sure.

Anyway, now we can head back!




On the way back, we encounter still some new enemies we haven't met previously! But, truly, how many variations on skull, skeleton and bone can we have in the names of monsters? I mean it makes sense, but still!





All right, let's take the boat now.



Somebody asked about this, and yes indeed, the boat looks like this on the overworld too! In any case, our real destination is Benten's pagoda in the lake to the south, but we'll head north first. By the way, there are definitely random encounters while on a boat too. But there are no special water monsters or anything, just the same ones you find on the ground!



Gotta navigate around a bit here...



We'll continue by walking, but you can see our distantion already there nestled between the mountains. Yes, certainly...



...it's another Tengu's hut!

Ah, so you found this place, huh? I've heard rumours about you, so this is why I was worried, but it seems you're not as stupid as they say... So I can give you my scroll with relief.
I have been entrusted with the Winter Wind scroll. Of course, if it works on an enemy, then use it, otherwise don't. It's all a matter of luck, skill level, determination and spirit. But then again, that's the case for all scrolls, isn't it?

Manjimaru obtained the Winter Wind scroll.

The Winter Wind scroll (風花) does a small amount wind damage to one enemy.

As usual, we can talk to him some more.


Have you been to Benten's pagoda yet? As a man, you should go there at least once... for study.

That's all we can do here, so...



...now let's head south towards the lake!



Somehow, there are still more new enemies we encounter on the way!



Nembutsu (念仏) is a kind of a Buddhist chant.



This is a very bad combination. Those rattles hit like literal trucks. There's a good chance you might not survive this even with one level less! As it is, though, the Lightning Flash can just about one-shot the rattles so in the end we don't even get damaged!



All right, enough fooling around, let's go inside!



We get a nice close-up...



...as we slowly guide our boat to the dock!



That is quite a choice of music, indeed!



And here we are, in the pagoda of goddess Benten! Let's see what this person has to say.

Don't know who you are, but please save goddess Benten! The Root Clan has breached the pagoda! She is in her room on the third floor! They've already gone upstairs! Please hurry!

I probably don't need to say this, but there is no actual time limit. We can take our time. After playing Linda³, it feels a bit odd to not have to actually constantly keep watching the time as we traverse the world in this game!



There's actually more people here!

The key to that room was kept by goddess Benten and also the headman of Fukushima Village... I guess he must have been one of her summer flings. Ah, I'm not sure, try asking others.
The key to that room was kept by goddess Benten and also that Tengu... I guess he must have been her fling for last week. Ah, I'm not sure, try asking others.



And more!

The key to that room was kept by goddess Benten and also the lord of Inuyama... I guess he must have been her fling last month. Ah, I'm not sure, try asking others.



And more!

The key to that room was kept by goddess Benten and also that Snake Hermit... I guess he must have gone for lunch together. Ah, I'm not sure, try asking others. The key to goddess Benten's room is made to resemble an unexpected object, in order to make it difficult to recognise by strangers. Her hobby is cleaning her lovers' ears while they sit with their head in her lap. Oh, this is so important and I don't know who has the key!

Well, that's a bit more useful information finally. Also, it seems we already have the key and it was given to Snake Hermit by the goddess. Or alternately he stole it from Kabuki? We'll see.

The chests have two miso dumplings in them for healing.



We'll take the staircase on the other side.



Let's see...





Wow, ok. They are really not pulling any punches here, are they. Notice also a slightly different fight music when the game thinks it's going to a more difficult one!



Also, chests. One of them has a "return stone". As you can imagine this is an item that teleports you out of a dungeon. Especially usefull in some of them so you don't have to walk all the way back out. The other one has a rejuvenating tablet.



All right, let's go one more floor up.



Quite a bunch of chests there...



...but also a Dude who does not look even remotely friendly!

poo poo! I can't unlock this door! What a drag... Now I need to go look for it...
Huh? Wait, you're Manjimaru! How did you get here! I thought we sunk all the boats!

Heh heh.

Well, it doesn't matter. I was looking for you anyway!



Oh, hi boss! I was wondering when the last of these three will show up! And so here he is.

Surprisingly, this one is actually pretty easy compared to the last one.

His attack does look somewhat cool, he swings both of his swords at the same time:




Later in the fight when his HP is lower, he will start also to use this other thing: "Fanged King's forehead glows ominously",



But it only does a bit more damage than his normal attack, with no other effects.



So it's another situation like with the first miniboss (Horned King): as long you're above a certain level, it's just a matter of trading blows and healing. But if you're below that level, you're unlikely to be able to keep up with the damage. Anyway...



Yeah, I was going to. Just need to get the musical instrument from the goddess here.



And he's gone. But now, uh, remember that Dark Souls moment? You fight a boss (in that case Ornstein and Smough) and then you go upstairs and there's a big door...



And then you open the door (although in our case here, with the help of a key disguised as earpick, as expected).



And then, there's Gwynevere sprawled on a big sofa-bed-thing, right? Well, in our case it's not Gwynevere but Benten... but still, this game did it first!



Ah, I didn't expect it would be a boy! No offence, of course!
But, you're strong, boy... a bit too strong? No way... are you Fire Clan?

Sure thing!

The Root Clan is on the move again... another war has begun. Be careful, it's no good if you die, boy.
I think I have what you are looking for in my wardrobe over there. If you find anything else useful, please take it, even though it's not much.

Well, ok, let's have a look.



Her wardrobe is where all those chests were that we saw earlier.



Ah, there is is. And it totally blocks an item slot in your inventory! So did the earpick and the boat drawing, for that matter. By the way, you can actually get rid of the earpick now if you want. The other chests contain just some recovery consumables so nothing of note.



Let's go back over to Benten again.



Well... I can do this for you at least.

And she refreshes your HP/MP.

Remember, it's no good if you die!

Well, all right. We got what we came here for, so it's time to proceed with our journey.



On the way down, we can have again a bit of a chat with Benten's maids.

Are you the new owner of the key to Benten's room? You seem kinda young... Well, anyway, how was it?



Or these three here...

Thank you for saving goddess Benten!
Thank you, Master Manjimaru! Was she behaving herself? Uh, don't worry about why I'm asking you this.
Thank you very much! I don't know how to thank you for... saving Benten's honour. Let's just leave it at that. Firmly believing in this is what keeps us going.



So, we can take our boat and leave now.



For the time being, however, our journey will continue on foot, so we'll leave the boat here near Nagashino.

In actuality, we really don't have much choice now except to head towards the Demon Bone Castle and deal with it.




It's just a bit to the west. It also looks pretty cool if you ask me.


[DEMON BONE CASTLE]



Immediately, we're faced with a door. Of course, we use our magical musical instrument on it.

Manjimaru plucks at the Pure Land Biwa.



The Pure Land Biwa Disintegrates!

Well, we got the door open. Let's see what's inside, huh? And yes, that last bit means that the biwa is automatically removed from our inventory.



Oh, hey, somebody approaches us.



It seems that the three Grim Reaper Bros are just as eager as you, and they are rearing for revenge for losing against you! So I hope you all have fun! Incidentally the sword you're looking for is in the tower of this castle.
In fact, I have prepared the elevators for you to use to get there. They are shaped like a hand, so you can easily recognise them. Anyway, all you have to do is step on them and you can ride them!
Then, we'll see each other later!

What even is the agenda of these three sage jerks? I don't know, but we must press on. Trap or not, we need that sword.

Anyway, he goes away and we can proceed inside, finally.




Chests already, huh? They contain some healing consumables, which is certainly welcome.



And new enemies too! And our first pallete-swap in the form of Red Claw Marks! They are actually a fair bit stronger than their cousins, the Right Hands of Night!

   

I guess it's a good idea to be at least level 12 before entering the castle. You can probably get up to 13 during traversal, which is plenty enough for anything you can encounter here, including the boss fight(s).



Down here, we find our first elevator, and it is indeed in the shape of a hand!



You know what, that actually is pretty cool. Anyway, there are no stairs here. Just these freaky elevators.



On the next floor...



...more new enemies!

This guy seems to be able to frequently do crits on Manjimaru, which is bad. Crits more or less do double damage, similar to Final Fantasy games.






The game likes to troll you with empty chests, and so one of those is all you find here. The only way forward is back down the elevator and to find another route.



So let's try the left side.



Up we go!



So let's see here. That chest, by the way, is also empty.



Oh, hello. (The chest contains a sword which is the same as one we already have on us!)



So it's a rematch against the Horned King. But, his stats haven't changed and we're several levels stronger. Result: he dies in four hits. So I think the Grim Reaper bros might have miscalculated this one.

All right, let's be on our way.




But not for long, because...



...the next Grim Reaper brother (The Clawed King) is immediately on the next floor!



This battle, too, is same as before; due to us being a fair bit stronger, it goes by much easier. As there is no new dialogue or anything, I will not go into details.



Like I said, let's be on our way! We do find a couple of chests with healing items on the way, but I'm not going to bore you with that. However...



...we do encounter one new enemy! Is this the best enemy design so far? Yes. Yes, it is.

I just want to mention that "Bewitching Tiger" (or also "Demon Tiger") is not actually just a random thing--it's a concept really existing in folklore of East/Southeast Asian countries.

Anyway, the in-game version is a total chump, but gives a whole 4 exp.




I've said this before, but honestly, the enemy sprite design in this game is pretty fantastic all around.

As for these guys, they appear on the upper levels of the castle and have the highest HP of all random encounters here. But this is negated by low attack and very low agility, so... they aren't really a threat.

Anyway, going one floor up...




...we run into the final brother, The Fanged King.



Again, nothing hew to see here, so we'll just move on.



We're nearing the top of the castle, so in this chest the game helpfully provides us with a return stone. It's certainly a bit of a trek, so we'll be using that to exit once we're done here!



Another one of those kinds of parts (the chests contain ordinary consumables)...



Let's proceed up.



Here, two chests. One is empty, and the other one contains, somewhat randomly, 240 ryo.



Finally, we're met by another one of the sages!



Oh, and by the way, do you know what those three boxes behind me are? That's right! They are the coffins of the Grim Reaper Bros you managed to defeat!
I will now use said coffins to perform a basic magic trick on you! He he he he he he he! Make sure to give a round of applause afterwards!



Uh-oh. This sounds bad.

And then...




Indeed...



...a new body is reconstituted from their individual parts!



Manjimaru! Sorry, but you're not going to win this time!
Come over here, kid! I'm going to turn your body into mince!

So, this is actually our first "real" boss fight. All the ones before were classed as "mini-boss". Therefore, this is the first time we hear the actual boss fight theme music. Aaand it's pretty awesome, so definitely give it a listen. (Some bosses actually have a special music theme which are usually also pretty awesome so we'll check those out too when we get there).





As for the boss fight itself, like always with these three guys, since they don't have a huge amount of HP (don't worry there will be bosses with HP into tens of thousands), the matter is only about being able to keep up with the healing, while dealing damage otherwise. Manjimaru is currently level 13 and that seems to be a good spot where he can keep up, but also doesn't win in 2 hits either.

Officially the name of this boss is "Grim Reaper Shogun" and it has 200 HP, which is about on a par with its "components".

There are some funky attack animations here!




The Grim Reaper Shogun opens its chest! Intense light pierces the air!



The Grim Reaper Shogun's gigantic pincers aim for the prey!

I love how attacks don't have names but like full on elaborate descriptions!

But anyway, as long as you're on the level 12-13 and don't forget to heal every few turns, you're not likely to have a problem with this.




As you can see, his attack is about the same as the last of the bros, however his defence is much higher, so Manjimaru won't be doing huge damage at this level. So this might take a couple of minutes.

After defeat...






They all disappear. And in their place...



Well, don't know about you, but that looks like a holy sword to me! Let's pick it up! It certainly takes up space in your weapons inventory, so if you're full... well, you're going to have to ditch something! As mentioned, this will get easier soon when we have more than one party member as they can move things around between them.





And then a ghostly image fades into view!



It speaks to Manjimaru:



After my death, my soul possessed this holy sword, Housuin Benimaru!
I bestow you with "Benimaru Slash". It's a technique that can slash multiple enemies at once with your sword!
Come, Manjimaru! Take me to the base of the dark orchid in Takayama! With your power and mine combined, surely we can cut it down!



A victory pose for a good measure!



Manjimaru twirls the sword in the air, and you better believe that due to the optical illusion it definitely makes a swastika shape when he does that! Incidentally, in the PS2/GC remake, the number of swastikas in the game was reduced, and this is one that was removed--in the remake his sword looks simply like a straight line twirling around.

Incidentally, other than cutting down orchids, the holy sword is also a regular weapon that you can equip, but it's not really that strong (and is in fact weaker than we already have), so I guess it's just going to be taking up an inventory slot for now. Obviously, once the orchid is gone then we don't need it any more.

Oh, right, about that "Benimaru Slash". Turns out, other than magic spells, Manjimaru is also able to use "sword techniques" (kenpou/
剣法) which are I guess kind of like special skills. This is the first one we learn. We'll talk about that more when we try it out next time. But for now let me say that you learn the technique permanently, i.e. you do not need to have the holy sword equipped to use it.

In the meantime, as Benimaru said, it's time to leave. Having defeated the assassins, there are no more any random encounters here, so you can walk all the way back out easily. But it's kind of a trek, so you might as well use the return stone to teleport out instantly.

Outside...




...the Demon Bone Castle crumbles into dust, like it never existed!

Well, all right. As Benimaru said, let's head back to Takayama then.




Let's go inside.



We go straight for the orchid!

Manjimaru draws Benimaru's sword and closes his eyes! The holy sword is vibrating faintly!

The beat of Manjimaru's heart slowly begins to resonate with the vibrations of the sword!

......

NOW!






Well then, I guess that's one. Six more to go. I'm sure it won't always be this simple.

But for now, we can relax a bit and have a chat with the villagers to see what they all think of this!




Maybe let's start here with this person...

"No enemies will stand in my way!" Looking at you, I feel like I can do it to! From now on, when things get tough, I'll do my best by chanting 100 times that no enemies will stand in my way!



"No enemies will stand in my way!" Nice! That was very exciting! By the way, the roots that have been blocking the way towards Suzuka mountain pass in the west of the Owari province are gone! Please do your best, Manjimaru-san! The whole of Jipang is counting on you!

Well, maybe that's a destination we should check?



Hello lady!

I think that dark orchid was the reason why I was feeling so listless lately...



There is a couple more peopel here...



...in the village headman's house. Only two of them have something new to say.

Thank you! I'm so happy you showed up, Manjimaru-san, because you saved Takayama!
We can't use our old festival floats any more, but I'm sure we'll eventually have a bigger and better festival!

Well, okay. Let's head out. First we can make a quick trip beyond where the roots were.

By the way, since we've "defeated" the Root Clan in this part of Jipang, the game does a nice thing and there are of course no more any random encounters in these two provinces! A cool way to avoid boring the player with low level fights if they ever come back here. Now if we could only have a few more inventory slots... No? Ok.




It was about here, if I remember correctly.



Crossing the river to the east, we find another Tengu's hut! In fact one of the NPCs mentioned that he is not able any more to play go with the Tengu since the road is blocked. Well, not any more I guess.



So, you cut this dark orchid. But it's not just a huge flower, there's more to it than that.
During the day, that flower sucks up human sadness, anger, despair and other such intense emotions. And somehow it sends them to Yomi who is trying to wake up!
When the sun goes down, it's exactly the other way around. It breathes out Yomi's ki. It's a peculiar thing. It's like a stimulant for Root Clan. It's probably why the Root Clan fights in such a way... like they don't care about their lives at all.
Anyway, here's the "Heat Haze" scroll! Let's cut down the dark orchids and make Yomi start to panic! Hurry up!

Manjimaru obtained the "Heat Haze" scroll!

Well, we already know what this one does! The Heat Haze (陽炎) scroll lowers the hit accuracy of one enemy. As we've seen, the spell can also be cast for free simply by using the "Broken Halberd" weapon as an item in the battle.

All right, now that that's done, let's head to Inuyama. After all, we have a Kabuki to speak to.






So let's start with these two.

Kabuki Danjurou may have had a few quirks, but he was a great man! The sparkle in his eyes was different from the ordinary men. When he left town, he gave away all his money, saying that he owed everyone in town a favour.

So, he skipped town, huh? We'll se about that in a moment, but first let's talk to the lady.

So you recovered the holy sword, but did you cut down the dark orchid?
[ Yes. ] / No.
It seems there's also one blooming in Ise province... I guess they're done for.

Not if we have anything to say about it!



Another person over here.

Oh, Master Kabuki told me to tell you to hurry up and finish the dark orchid.

News travels a bit slow, I guess.



Accidentally, Manjimaru is getting a bit into the personal space of this lady here.

You're a true hero of the Root Clan to defeat the Demon Bone Castle like that! That's the big difference from that Kabuki who is all talk! Well, I guess he's all right since I made some money thanks to him.



Let's check out also this house.



Hey! Manjimaru-san, you defeated the Demon Bone Castle! You can look forward to a generous reward from the lord!

Really? We'll check that out.

Next, let's visit another house.



This is the old lady who told us about using the musical instrument to open the doors to the castle.

Master Manjimaru, I'm so sorry that this ended up for you alone to deal with. I have no idea what are Kabuki and the suppresion force of this town even doing.



Also this guy will reveal us the true nature of Kabuki's gesture...

That bastard Kabuki! He only threw money towards young girls! He can put wool over other people's eyes, but not mine!



Throwing money from the roof of the castle, that's what I expected of Master Kabuki. Only... where did he hide all this money until now?



We have more houses to visit.



I've underestimated you, Master Manjimaru. So I guess the 1000 ryo reward is yours then, right?



Next is this person here.

Everybody is thankful to you! Thank you from the bottom of my heart!

This house is of course Kabuki's house, except the sign is gone.



Let's see what the girls have to say now.

Eh? Kabuki? Was there a person of that name? *kiss* ❤❤❤❤ Manjimaru-saaaaaan!
You brought down the Demon Bone castle all by yourself! *kiss* ❤❤❤❤ Manjimaru-saaaaaan!
*kiss* ❤❤❤❤ Manjimaru-saaaaaan!
Eh! N-no way! I am talking to my admired Master Manjimaru!

And then the last one...

*kiss* ❤❤❤❤ Manjimaru-saaaaaan! Manjimaru-san, do you want to ride on the palanquin?
[ Yes. ] / No.

I mean, of course we do.



And so, Manjimaru is taken on a ride around town, just like Kabuki used to be!

We definitely need to be looking for Kabuki, but before that...




...let's quickly visit the castle itself.



Oh! Master Manjimaru! Well done on defeating the Demon Bone castle! Thanks to you, this province has regained the peaceful existence and all of us soldiers can return to our regular jobs! Truly, thank you!



I heard there's a dark orchid growin in the Ise Province... You're going that way, Master Manjimaru, right?
[ Yes. ] / No.
Then let me give you a bit of advice. Go over the Suzuka pass and continue west until you reach Iga village, where Ninjas live. They should be able to give you a lot of information about the local situation.

That's actually good advice. At least we have a path forward.



On the second floor of the castle...

The roots of the dark orchid which were blocking the border to Ise province seem to have disappeared!

Yeah, we know!



And finally, the top floor where the lord is. First, we'll talk to the woman.

Oh, Kabuki-sama... Kabuki-sama... As if! Manjimaru-sama! Please keep doing your best!

And finally, the lord.

I am very proud of your work this time. Only... I already gave the prize monay to Master Kabuki! But, it's a lot of money, so I'm sure the two of you can figure out to split it between yourselves!

Oh. Now it's clear. Of COURSE he didn't give away his own money! I WILL KILL THIS GUY WHEN WE FIND HIM!

You know, he's almost certainly gone over towards Suzuka pass to make his way into Ise province before we get there. So let's follow in his tracks!

Checking the map...




...we can see that we can follow the road south from Inuyama (northwest corner) and then turn westwards at the junction there, leading to Ise (伊勢).



Here is that road junction leading west.



And here is the Suzuka pass, nestled in the mountains



Going through, things start to happen...





Oh, there's Kabuki. Let's see what has to say for himself!



That orchid was my personal bonsai! I was going to snip it off at some point when I had nothing else to do! And because you did it now all the women are completely in love with you instead!
I mean, I'm not going to be so stingy to ask you to give them back, but if we let things keep going as they are, people are going to start thinking you're some kind of a great guy or something.
But that would be absolutely unforgivable! so I have decided to come with you!



Oh, just shut up.

So, you'll be taking me along, yes?
Yes. / [ No. ]

You know what, no I won't. You're far too annoying to have around.



All right, let's go, Manjimaru! And try not to hold me back!
And don't even think of giving me orders! I'll do as I please!
Ahahahaha! Hahahahahaha! I'm just SOOOOO COOOOL! Ha! Ha! Ha! Hahahahahahaha!



Anyway, he finally comes down, and well, as they say, "moar party members!". So he finally joins the party and yes, you CAN give him orders in battle despite what he's claiming! He joins you no matter whether you say yes or no, but saying no gives a funnier dialogue.

All right then, so next time we'll start exploring the Ise province to see what goes on here.

I did say that this game is kind of a somewhat episodic "road trip" genre, so since the first "part" of our journey seems to be over, let's have a quick look at the map to get a better idea about the travels that we've done so far (I didn't include the backtracking):



(Click on the map to embiggen.)

It's too bad we had to leave our beautiful boat behind, but don't worry. This game has nothing if not quite some variety regarding the means of transport that the party ends up using to get around. So there's going to be lot more on that front. In general the game kind of starts slowly and pretty tame, but as you go through the game the insanity level just keeps rising and rising. You'll see.

In the meantime take care, and see you soon!


ivantod fucked around with this message at 07:49 on Oct 31, 2022

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.

Tallgeese posted:

I think you mean Benten cleans ears, not eyes.
Yes I did. I make typos in stupidest places. Fixed now, thanks.

PurpleXVI posted:

I feel like this game is kind of interesting in that the moving-around graphics are so comparatively simple and then you have these awesomely detailed character headshots and enemy sprites, and the cutscene with the Dark Orchid.
I think the main limitation on the platform is I believe a max of 32 colours on the screen. But I agree, considering the technical limitations, the game looks actually pretty good. Even the simpler "world" graphics still look nice. And the enemy sprites are just awesome as you said, and there's tons of them as each part of the world has totally different monsters. Ah, the wonders of being able to use a CD ROM instead of a low capacity game cartridge! But it was a big deal at the time compared to NES/SNES and others. :v:

ivantod fucked around with this message at 07:56 on Oct 31, 2022

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.
    



Welcome back! Last time, we finished the first "segment" of Manjimaru's journey by defeating the first dark orchid. We crossed the border at Suzuka Pass and ran into Kabuki who promptly decided to join our party.

So I guess let's get started with "segment" two.




Here we are. So let's start by talking to these four gentlemen in conical straw hats.

Ninjas live in weird houses... in order to protect themselves from enemies, they don't have front doors, so they get into the house in a different way.

Huh, well good to know. We DID hear about a village of ninjas somewhere around here, so I'm sure we'll run into it sooner or later.

West along the river is Iga, the village where ninjas live. They hide away from the world, but if they wanted to, they would be powerful enough to conquer Jipang. I'm sure they will take care of the Root Clan.

Well, maybe with our help they will.

Are you heading into the Ise province? I heard that a huge dark orchid flower has appeared. Also people say that some sort of creepy Jungle Castle has appeared too and the things are quite in an uproar.

Well, looks like that's probably our ultimate destination, then? We'll see. I'm sure there will be plenty of hiccups along the way.

It seems that dense forests are spreading in Ise faster than a fire buring an oiled piece of paper. If it continues like this, the whole province will be overrun soon!

There are a couple of houses here too. There's nothing interesting in the inn (the building on the right), but in the item shop (on the left) there are two people who have a interesting comment.



Young man, have you seen the people from the Fire Clan perhaps? The ninjas of Iga are desperately looking for them! They must be some important people when ninjas come out of the shadows to meet with them!
Ever since the dark orchid bloomed, pink tornados began to appear in the Ise province... After the tornado passes, the monsters from the Root Clan begin to spread.

Pink tornados? Whatever could that be.

Well, but ok, this is just a small settlement that serves as a border crossing, so that's all there is here. It seems to me we should go find that village of ninjas first! So let's leave the border crossing and head west!



Meanwhile, back in the villains' lair...



Ah, the three stooges, I mean sages. And we already know from the opening intro that the blue ball is meant to be the evil god Yomi!



Not only that, but now even a second hero from the Fire Clan, Kabuki Danjurou has joined him! However, although this Kabuki guy is quite handy with a weapon, he has a big weakness in his character!
When someone more flashy than himself appears, his head gets inflamed and he loses all sense of where he's going. So our next plan is to exploit this weakness!
Come forward, Kikugorou!

And then...



...a pink swirl shows up and after stopping it reveals another person. However, the new person says nothing, and Deloren continues to talk for a bit longer.

This person here is as flamboyant as Kabuki, and I have no doubt that in this way he'll be able to ensnare Kabuki in a trap.

So it seems that pink tornados may just be real. We've just seen one, after all.

Back to our heroes...




...were just about to head west. For Kabuki, I'm using the word "hero" very loosely. Although, before we continue, it's worthwhile to check out Kabuki's status and what he comes equipped with:



So, stats-wise, he's about the same as Manjimaru although with a good amount more HP (which is less helpful than you might thing: if Manjimaru dies, the battle is over, regardless of if other characters are alive).

He does also come fully equipped with a solitary sword as a weapon and a conincal hat and straw sandals we have already seen Manjimaru wear before. He is also wearing a travelling coat.

As for items he has a healing tablet and also (another?) earpick of love! So I guess he must have gotten it from Benten.

For magical spells (scrolls), he has: "glistening blade"
(氷刃) which is an ice based attack on one enemy; and also "flower storm" (花嵐), which is a wind based attack on one enemy.

He does also have a couple of special skills, although in his case it's not kenpou but simply "secret techniques". The first one is "foul language"
(悪態), which allows him to draw the enemy attacks to himself. The other one is "dramatic pose" (大見得), which allows him to decrease the defence of enemy groups which are at level lower than his current level.

So oeverall some pretty decent stuff here. And more importantly, it doubles the amount of our inventory slots! It's still not ideal, because the items are only available to the character physically holding them, but at least they can be transferred around when needed which is already miles better then what we've had so far.




All right, FINALLY, let's proceed west!



Of course, we're immediately accosted by monsters. This is another pallete swap, but actually there are not too many of them in the game.





As mentioned, we follow along the river, and soon we reach another village. This should be Iga, the ninja village, so let's head inside.



Upon entering, we're approached by three dudes...



...but then a pink tornado show up again!

Who is this guy, Kikugorou, was it?

It's again cutscene time! Don't miss this one as it's pretty funny actually!




This cannot possibly be who those three sages think is somehow going to be able to distract us from our goal. It cannot. He is ridiculous.



Anyway, let's put that aside for now, as we have a new village to explore, namely Iga (伊賀). So let's start with these guys here.

Oh no, our friends again... that Kikugorou! I'm sorry, but it seems even with our ninjutsu, we are not able to compete with him...
Our leader! Our leader has been kidnapped by Kikugorou!



We have two more people here...

The leader would always say that he had something he needed to give to the Fire Clan. Apparently whatever it is, it is necessary to use it to attack the Jungle Castle. Kikugorou must have kidnapped the leader in order to prevent the item from falling into Fire Clan's hands!
Master Manjimaru! If you want to save our leader, you should check out the lantern over there!

Well, ok. Looks like we know roughly what we need to do. (You can't actually see the lantern on the screenshot, but we'll get to that in a moment.



In the meantime, we'll continue talking to ninjas and other villagers. Like for example this lady who is standing directly in front of a house with a large sign saying "KIKUGOROU" (菊五郎).

Kikugorou is strong... too strong! No matter how much we tried to help the chief, it just ends up with more of us dead!



"Try jumping!"

Also here you can see the lantern down to the left of that house




Hello, sir.

Ever since that mysterious Jungle Castle appeared, the jungle has spread across the province like the sea. Now it's even scarier, because they are saying that the forest has started eating humans.



Hello, sir.

The dark orchid is blooming near the Ise Grand Shrine in the south. It's close to Matsuzaka town... I wonder how they are doing.

I'm sure we'll find it soon enough.

But now, let's go into that house with a big sign.




Damnation! That bastard Kikugorou put up that stupid sign on my roof! He's got an ugly face, and honestly his handwriting is just as lovely! Ugh!



Next, we stop here by the inn.



The chief is being held at the Negoro burial mound area in the west. However, that whole area is surrounded by deep moats on all sides, so I'm not sure how you would even approach it.
There is a strangely shaped rock near the Negoro burial mound... My shinobi sixth sense says that this rock is surely the key to enter that area.

Well, I'm sure we'll figure something out, like always.



One other house...

The lord of Matsuzaka castle sent 100 ninjas out to investigate the Jungle Castle... but only one of them returned, and even he seems to have become mad with fear. I wonder what on earth he had seen...
Ehehe hehe the forest is alive and it will eat you!



Now, about this lantern. It's actually super simple...



...you push it, and it opens a staircase! Of course we want to go inside, but first... let's do some equipment shuffle. Like items, equipment too only "belongs" to the person who is holding it and must be "given over" if another party member needs it. So, it's like this.



We'll give Manjimaru Kabuki's sword, for an extra +4 in attack power. Kabuki can take Manjimaru's current weapon (which has overall +21, so Kabuki loses 4 attack. Now let's head down the stairs.



But, as we get down...



[ Yes. ] / No.
I'll be back immediately, ok?

Kabuki goes away for a few seconds and then returns, without saying anything in particular. Wonder what this is all about.



Anyway, on the north side of this passage is a chest and a staircase. First the chest.



So we randomly get a magical scroll from this chest! Anyway, the "Fragrance of Treasure" (宝香) spell is a funky one. It allows you to know the number of chests in a dungeon or a cave. I guess then if you count them as you find them, you can know if you found them all or not. It only uses 1 MP, so you might as well check it at some point as you're going through.

Up the stairs we go!




And it's a secret house with no front door which is only accessed through the secret passage (as we've been told in Suzuka). Look a few screenshots up, and you will see what it looks like from the outside!

I have a request to make of you, Master Manjimaru of the Fire Clan who stands before me, having confidence in your strength and righteousness! The chief of our clan has been kidnapped by the Root Clan! Those who attempted to save him have been repelled at every turn and we have no other recourse but to seek your help, Master Manjimaru! Please save our chief!
[ Yes. ] / No.
I am indebted to you! Therefore please take this key with you! It's a special key, made by Ishikawa here in Iga, which can open all doors here in Isa province!

Manjimaru obtained Ishikawa's key!

Ah, well that sounds useful!

The other person:


Oh! The members of the Fire Clan! This is the house of our chief, but he is... The Root Clan is very strong. The enemies who roam the west side of our province are especially tough, so be careful if you go there. It's probably best to head southeast first and talk to the lord of Matsuzaka town, I think.

Well, let's go back and take the other staircase.



It leads, of course, to another house without a front door!

Not everyone can equip every piece of equipment, so be careful because things are expensive!

A random bit of tutorial, sure. But the other person here does actually sell equipment



The prices are getting a bit expensive though!



So, we'll buy "black clothes" for Manjimaru. Here you can see on the top right, next to the number 24, the game shows "卍カ", indicating that both Manjimaru and Kabuki can use this piece of equipment. So that's pretty straightforward.



After equipping it, it gives us another +6 in defence. We'll give Manjimaru's previous clothes over to Kabuki (which gives him +2) and sell his old stuff in turn.

All right, we're almost done here. Let's head back outside...




...where we can now see that on this central house, the big "Kikugorou" sign has now changed to "Kabuki" (カブキ). Uh, is that what he was doing when he disappeared for a short while?



We can go back inside to talk again to that woman who was complaining about the "Kikugorou" sign!

Kabuki-san! It's an honour to have your name written here as a Fire Brave! You're so good at what you do! It's hundreds, no, thousands of times more artistic that those scribbles of Kikugorou! Just looking at it gives me tears in my eyes. But... maybe it's a bit embarrassing? I wonder if I should erase it after all? No, I will not erease it!

So just a bit of fun dialogue for a bit here.



Well, then, it was suggested to us to make our way to Matsuzaka town, so let's do that. We'll head south across this bridge first.



And then we follow this road to the east. But things are starting to get weird already. We can start to see some of the forst "overgrowth" that we've been told about. Also, what is that weird platform doing there. Hmm.



Just a few more steps and we can see the town, too. Well, let's go in.



Welcome to Matsuzaka (松坂) town! And there is already a person welcoming us.

This town which was once teeming with worshippers coming to the Grand Shrine is now practically desolate because of the overgrown forest!



And this lady here.

I saw a pink tornado come into the village of Iga... I hope they're ok.



What a jerk is that Kikugorou! He dresses himself in fancy clothes like a woman, but is actually really strong! I saw it with my own eyes when fifty or sixty ninjas from Iga fell in front of him. He's strong, but very disagreeable. I doubt he has many friends.



Over on this side of the town, things look pretty bad with the overgrowth...

Uuugh... I got injured because a tree fell on my house...



Kikugorou's Jungle Castle is said to be in the shape of a giant tree, surrounded by a man-eating forest.

That sounds rather inviting if you ask me.



There is a bunch of people here around the castle itself...

One day the forest suddenly surged in like a tsunami, destroying half the town. It's only a matter of time before everything is swallowed. This town is done for...

And the kid...

When my friend was climbing a tree... he suddenly turned into a tree himself!

What is even going on here.



Two more people over here.

Ever since the strange forest exploded all the cows here that ate the grass have turned green! Even the milk is green and tases like vegetable juice, so no one wants to drink it.
Matsuzaka is a town which makes a living by selling it specialty beef. But now that the cows have turned green like this, it's disgusting and unprofitable. The way things are going, we can't earn money to put food on the table. I will die of hunger long before the forest kills me.



Let's also check out one of the houses.

According to an old legend, the province of Ise was once ruled by a gang of pirates called the Nine Devils. The story says that the pirates used to navigate their airships made of stone around Ise and transport their goods that way.

A stone airship, you say? Huh, that could be useful, if it actually can fly.

My grandpa is talking nonsense in his old age, now he's saying something about rocks flying in the sky!

Uh, but I would still like to have an airship...



In the hotel, we can always find other people who are staying in town...

A dark orchid bloomed at the Ise Grand Shrine, so everyone who came to visit was stranded in the town.
I can't leave this place because of the dark orchid...

We'll definitely also disturb the guy there who is trying to sleep...

The Nine Devils gang is said to have been based in what is now Shima village. Their descendants must still be living there, so if you want to find out more about the stone airship, why don't you pay them a visit?

It does look like this will have to be our next destination.



The next house.

Shortly after the appearance of the Jungle Castle, a pink tornado came to the vilalge and took many of the villagers with it. I've given up hope that they might still be alive...



And one more.

Are you going to the Negoro burial mound? It would be easy to get there if you had the stone airship of the Nine Devils... but that's just an old legend, so I wouldn't put any faith in it.



All right, let's go into the castle.



Looks pretty cool!

The Ise Grand Shrine is located south of here. The Shima village is further past that, but the road is cut off because of the dark orchid.
South in Shima village a man told me once when he was very drunk that he knows how to operate the stone airship... Perhaps you should go looking for him?
You shouldn't go to the Grand Shrine. It's swarming with the Root Clan there. Also there seems to be a strange barrier with confuses your sense of direction.



There are two chests here also, but one has a recovery item and the other... 2 ryo. Gee, thanks game. So we'll just head up the stairs.



The soldiers of this castle went into town to try and clear out the forest... but branches grew out like tentacles and dragged them all the way in and they were gone...

That chest there only has a head scarf, like the one Manjimaru used at the beginning of the game, so nothing to get excited about.



Two more people here.

Because the solders were eaten by the forest, there are not many people left in the castle. If we get attacked by the Root Clan, we're done for...
Many people have left the town because of the man-eating forest, so it's quite desolate here now. The lort was upset by this, so he asked the ninjas from Iga to go and investigate the Jungle Castle, but we're not sure what happened to them...



Going to the top floor, as usual allows us to talk to the lord of this castle.

We asked the people from Iga to investigate the Jungle Castle, but it seems that the ninjas who went there were wiped out. I have to leave the fate of Ise in your hands, the warriors from Fire Clan! Pass through the Grand Shrine and head for Shima. If the story about the stone airship is true, it may be possible to use this to reach the castle!

All right, we're done talking, but before we leave, let's just upgrade our equipment a bit more.



We'll buy these Hemp Sandals for Manjimaru, it gives him an increase in speed of +7 which is nothing to sneeze at. I'll rearrange the rest and sell the extra stuff to clear up space.



Anyway, let's continue with our journey. A suggestion was made to go south to Shima vilage, to see what we can do about the stone airship.

Of course, we get interrupted.




I guess they live on hills now?





As we've been told, we'll follow this road south.



Ah, there's the orchid. Just at the side of the Grand Shrine. Let's go in.



We're not going to worry about the orchid just now (but you can just about see it to the right. We just want to proceed south.

Also, notice those stones just under the entrance. Steping on them causes weird teleportation effects here, so you may have to go a bit back and forth until you make it to the other side.

Be careful too, because even though we're in a "town", there are still random encounters here. For example:




But for now, nothing we can't deal with.



There is actually a person inside the shrine!



If you want to get out of here, let me tell you how... Several barriers have been set up here to protect the main shrine against unscrupulous folk. If you step on one barrier, you will be transported to the other. So just be careful about that.



There we go. Let's keep going south. The biome is also starting to look more coastal like.



Here is Shima village! But also there's another one of those stone pedestal things. I think you may be getting an idea already.



This is a pretty small place, so let's explore it quickly first. Starting with the two people you see on the screen.

An airship? I guess you must be talking about the Nine Devils... but you're too late. The family lie died out last year since the last one of them died...
The stone airship was not built by humans. I mean, how could it have been? No, The Nine Devils took it from somewhere else. I don't know if it was a god or a demon or what, but The Nine Devils were just borrowing it.

We should also visit some of the houses too.



Floating down on the beach is the Nine Devils' pearl rafts. It was developed by them and is useful for cultivating pearls.
There is something shiny in the pearl raft. Daddy says it's just pearls that are shiny, but I think he's wrong. Something is hidden over there.

Hmm, ok, w'll take a look.



Damnation! Because of this nonsense with the forest, I can't go and sell the pearls! My business is doomed!
My dad recently just complains and doesn't want to play with me...



Outside more people on this side.

Huh? You're the kid who passed through the Grand Shrine. You must have courage if you're not afraid of the Root Clan.
I heard that the demons used to live in Jipan long ago. Based on their name, The Nine Devils must have been the last descendants of the demons. I mean, I don't see how they could have ruled all over Jipang without the power of a demon, right?



And a few more down on the beach.

The last of the Nine Devils was always looking around on the rafts here. Probably there is something important there.
There used to be a village called Akame to the west of the Jungle Castle, but we haven't heard from them since. My sister was getting married and now jungle has taken her away. I'm still hoping...



Let's go into the fancy house on the beach!



It seems like a long time ago, the ancestors of the Nine Devils helped some people move to Kii province. Apparenly as a reward, they received an airship made of stone. At least that's what my late father used to say.

Hm, well, it's pretty clear we need to find this airship.



Over here are some rafts/pontoons on the beach. But in order to access them, we have to go through that locked door there. Luckily, we have the universal key, so we can get into that little house. If you don't have it, you can't proceed here until you get it in one of the "secret" houses in the ninja village. The game does not use the key automatically if you do have it--you must select the use command with the right item yourself.



Inside the house, there is nothing of note.



It just lets us get over to this side. It may be hard to see, but those are fishing nets hanging off the rafts. Manjimaru can examine them, but usually this will happen.

Manjimaru pulled up the net... however, he found nothing.

But on one of them...



I guess I'm just surprised how nobody discovered it so far? I mean they are still fishing for pearls, right? I don't know.



After finding the flute, we can go again and talk to this older gentleman here.

Come to think of it, I now remember that the Nine Devils would go out and blow the flute while standing on the stone pedestal north of the village.

Yeah, sounds reasonable. We'll try that out in a second, but first...



...some more shopping over here.



We're going to splurge a bit on this Tidal Harpoon weapon for Manjimaru (as you can see on the right, Kabuki is not able to use this weapon anyway). We'll equip that on Manjimaru (it gives further +6 in attack power), which allows us to return Kabuki's old sword back to him and sell the not needed ones. This does of course involve fiddling back and forth with the two characters' inventories, as always. I'm also going to mostly stop mentioning the inventory management from now on. To be honest, it's the one thing which I would change in this game, but other than being annoying from time to time, it doesn't really significantly detract from the game overall.

All right, now...




...let's stand right here and use the flute.

And then...






Awesome...



...we got ourselves an airship, even if it is just one big rock. However, it's not quite so simple, as we can't actually control it directly. It simply goes from one of these "landing pads" to another in pre-determined order. So, riding the airship now, takes us first...



...takes us here, quite far northwest.



The airship then goes away, leaving us here. We can of course summon it again, but it won't simply go back where we came from, rather it will take the next "leg" of it's pre-determined route. But for now, let's see what's here.



Ah, nice, there's a town here.

But you probably want to be a little careful while walking towards it.




Namely, there are some quite strong enemies here which we with our current setup may not be able to handle very well. For example this guy. Mostly he will destroy you--our party can barely do any damage to the enemy, that is if we can even hit it. Spells work here better, but they have a bad hit rate against this guy.



So basically, save before setting off and then just hope you can walk into town without getting attacked. We have been warned about this by one of the NPCs earlier today, though. They are a few levels above us, but most importantly have high defence, which means we don't do a lot of damage.

Anyway, this town here is Nara
(奈良), so let's take a look and see what's up.



It has a nice stone path dividing it into two halves. So let's do our usual tour and information gathering.



We'll start on the left side with these four people here.

The jungle is spreading out to the west. Unfortunately the village of Akame probably no longer exists any more...
I came from Akame village, but I can't go home because dense forest now blocks the way...

We'll be sure to check that out!

There is like a stone platform a bit to the south. I once saw a man playing the flute there... And then a strange thing appeared and picked up the man and flew to the east. I was quite surprised to see it!
The Jungle castle is located in the centre of the province... It's a giant tree surrounded by water and forest.

Yeah, I guess we still have some figuring out to do about how to get there.



Next, let's check out these two houses.



The other day, when I was digging in my garden, I found some old parts for a mechanical doll... Perhaps one of my ancestors was a mechanical doll craftsman?

I should mention that we're talking here very specifically about karakuri mechanical dolls (からくり), which were an actual thing in Japan mostly from the 1600s until the 1800s, althogh there are references to them existing as early as the 650s.

Also, pay no mind to this, I'm sure it will never come up again.

Let's see what the kid has to say.


My dad thinks too small. It's more likely that there was an advanced ancient city on this land in the past.

Like I said, pay no attention to this at all.



The roots of the dark orchid block the road south of here. You used to be able to cross the Ikoma pass into Naniwa province through there, but now we're all stuck here.



Let's see what's in here!



Hmm, nobody here. Just some stuff including a big mirror. Well, nothing to do but to continue exploring I guess.



We'll head into this house here.



There's a guy here not feeling so great.

It's dangerous as the forest spreads more every day. I can't stay here any more... I was thinking of heading to the capital, but the road is blocked by roots. So the only thing left is to stay here and wait to die.



Let's check the other side of the town.

When you equip a cursed item, don't be foolish enough to try to figure out what kind of curse it is. It's just best to stay at an inn to recover and remove that piece of equipment first. Actually a curse whose effect is unknown is probably worse than the one with a known bad effect!

Cursed equipment, you say? Sure, let's be on a lookout for those too.



Let's also talk to this older gentleman here.

You saw that strange building next to the village, right? It's been there for ages, but nobody knows what it is. We call it "The Odd House". There was talk of demolishing it, but it seems it couldn't be done with human power.

Interesting.



There are a few more houses on this side, so let's visit them.

In the past, there used to be four bronze bells in the Odd House nearby. But it seems at some point they got stolen from there.

As for the bells, we're talking specifically about doutaku (銅鐸):



Not sure why, but I'm having a feeling we'll need to find them and bring them back at some point. Just a feeling.



The Nine Devils used to fly in the sky on their stone airship! You could go anywhere with it! If you fly, you can even escape the dense forest and reach the Kii province!
How to enter the Negoro burial mound? I have no idea. But, try going to Matsuzaka. There are many people who come there to visit the Ise Grand Shrine there, so you may hear something.



Then we have these tree here in a row, although you can barely see the ones on left and right side!



We can only pray here now... in hopes that a hero will appear who will defeat the demons and blow away the darkness...

Yeah, I have some news on that topic.



Day and night, I pray to god to destroy the jungle castle. But it is all in vain, the castle grows stronger every day... are my prayes not being heard?



If it continues like this, the entire province will be swallowed up by the jungle... Someone has to do something...

That's about it for here for the moment. Let's make our way back to the airship "landing pad" and see where it takes us next.





Obviously, it doesn't go quite so easily!



I don't even know what to say about this name, but it's quite unambiguous in Japanese. Their attack is described literally as "rushing at you with their horns", so... In any case they definitely fall under "tough" category, and we can't do much to them at our level.



There are also these guys.



Tough also, but when only one, kind of doable with fire magic. As you can see, the enemies have abandoned the "skeleton" theme and are now more "nature" themed.



Really game? But actually this is not as bad as it looks as Twinheads will anyway die all in first turn from a multi target spell, so.



Anyway, our next trip on the stone airship takes us back east...



...to this place, which we've already seen. But we don't need to stop here, so we'll call the airship again.



Now we are going southwest, past the place where the Jungle castle is, unreachable as yet.



All right, let's see what is here.



Well, first of all some enemies!



This is almost like Dark Souls boss name!



Well, first of all, there is a place here.



It's called Owase village. Let's again have a chat with the people.

Today, there are not many people here, but before Owase village was a key trade link between Ise province in the north and Kii province in the south.

The ninja guy standing on the left, has a bit more to say.

Master Manjimaru! I am one of the ninjas from Iga... the head of our clan is till being held captive by the Root Clan. Since you already have the stone airship, it should be a simple matter to infiltrate the Nagoro burial mound where he is being held. Negoro is west of Iga village, if you use the airhsip you will definitely, definitely be able to reach it.
......
Although if you want to go south to Kii province first, I guess I won't stop you...

Hmm. Are you hinting?



We have two more people down here.

There's a big valley in the mountains all the way down south, my hunter friends call it The Valley of Sorrow. There are many spooky stories how you can hear crying voices and see shadowy figures at night there.

The other guy just reminds you about using the flute.



Hello there.

If you go far south, you will find The Valley of Sorrows which is like a big crevice in the land. There is a basket which can be used to cross it, called "The Wild Monkey". But be careful, since I've heard it falls down often.

That does not sound safe at all.

Let's check out a few houses here also, since the people here seem to have interesting stuff to say, apparently.




I don't think I want to be a lumberjack again! I saw something terrible in he woods the other day. I put my axe into the tree like always, but the tree started bleeding bright red! I looked up... and I could see the face of my lumberjack friend in the tree!

Tree people!



Are you fighting against the root clan? I can't really help you that much, but still, although I don't want to think about that, if you get seriously injured, I will take care of you at least.
A long time ago, a clan with advanced technology moved into this area from somewhere... After teaching the basics of shipbuilding and architecture, they somehow mysteriously disappeared without a trace.

Were they also good at building mechanical dolls?



The Kii province is largely mountainous, so most of the towns and villages are on the narrow strip along the coast. First timers often get lost there, so make sure to use the map! That's the thing!



It must be a year ago now... Three shifty eyed guys were here asking all sorts of weird questions. I also heard them talking about going to the capital and obtain an easy to use puppet. So I guess in the end they must have been puppeteers or something?

Or sages? Perhaps. We'll see.





Going into the temple, unfortunately, he just repeats the hint about using the map, so...



Our information gathering finished, we can now leave this place. First we have a quick detour to do here to the west.



But of course.



These guys are not so bad, though. Only take two hits.



However, tucked in between the mountains over here is another Tengu's cabin!



Those bastards... How dare they use the dark orchids to close our borders! They are the ones who brough the Root Clan into the world, even though they were supposed to be sealed off! It seems they are tough and quite clever... Be careful, Manjimaru. Don't over estimate your power, but hurry up and become the full-fledged Fire Brave. I can give you here the "Moonlight Sleep" scroll. It's a good technique, but it uses a lot of MP!

Manjimaru obtained the "Moonlight Sleep" scroll.

The Moonlight Sleep (月寝) scroll has a chance to put one smaller animal type enemy to sleep. Pretty unsurprising, considering the name! It does use a whole 8 MP, so I guess that counts as a "lot".



Let's head a bit north.



We pass by another one of the landing pads and there is also another place here, although it looks a bit worse for wear with that forest.



Turns out this is the Akame village that everybody was talking about not knowing what happened to it. The place is basically gone except that one house. And those two slightly weird looking trees. Let's approach one of them...



Aaaaa! It's a tree person!

Nnngh... This pain... Little by little... my human... memories... are fading...
One more time... One more time... let me hold... my child...

Well, that's bad. Let's have a look at the other tree.



That's definitely bad. Let's see if we can find some way to save them both! Not now, however!

Next time we'll continue our exploration of this part of the world, and let's see what we can do to solve its (multiple) problems.



ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.

Raitzeno posted:

So glad to see this game is perfectly normal as well.

I can definitely assure you that as we progress through the game it will only become more and more normal! :v:

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.
Hi everyone!

Just wanted to mention that this coming update will be a few days delayed--I managed to catch a virus of some kind (not COVID) and was out of action last week. Luckily, everything is good again now, so I should be able to proceed as normal.

Sorry about that!

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.

EchoBaz posted:

Hope you recover soon, as I'm loving this let's play. Eager to see more!

Thanks, yeah I'm fine now, it was just a pretty nasty flu (definitely not COVID according to the doctor!). We're back on track and the next update is coming tomorrow! Sorry about the delay! :v:

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.
    



Hello! Last time we started the second part of our adventure, in order to obtain the second holy sword and defeat the second dark orchid etc. Anyway, we found out that in the Ise province there are some problems. Like, the head of the ninja village is missing; or, there seems to be a forest overrunning everything, even turning some people into trees!



So this is kind of where we stopped last time after talking to the two tree-people.

However, we should also check out that little house, since there is one still accessible that hasn't been consumed by the forest!




Ah, a chest.

Manjimaru found a Wild Dog Helmet!

However silly it sounds...



...it still gives us +6 in defence. And we know that in this area where we are now we can use all defence we can get!

In any case, there's nothing else to do here for now, so we can leave.




Let's just summon the airship again and see where it will take us this time!



Well, that's convenient. This must be the Negoro burial mound, where the ninja chieftain is being held. It is surrounded by a moat, but that poses no problem for our airship made of stone!



Let's head inside!



I guess we'll be heading downstairs. But before that...



...we get interrupted! Things are definitely getting somewhat bizarre with enemies in this are, that's for sure.



Although these enemies are not too hard, the goldfishman has an ability "Winter Wither" (冬枯) which takes down your defence by a few points! Still, this is not too bad, compared to some of the guys we encountered last time! Anyway, downstairs it is.



Downstairs, we have ourselves a bit of a maze. (And a chest too. It's empty)

But, more importantly, doesn't that look like a katakana letter
(I) there on the floor? I mean, it's a bit hard to see due to the choice of colours, and also it's upside down, yes, but still!



Yep, the floors definitely have katakana letters on them, this one is (HA). Well, let's pay attention to that as we proceed around this floor.



This chest contains 180 ryo, and also the letter (NI) on the floor.



Not going to show every single one of them (we'll see it all zoomed out later), but here are also (RA) and (E). Definitely still no idea what this could mean.



More chests. One of them has another broken halberd, and the other has an item called "the storm talisman". We've seen before an item called "the wind talisman", which allowed us fast travel within the current province. So "the storm talisman" is the same, but you can travel anywhere in the world. Like the first one, this one too has a corresponding spell that we can learn, but we haven't found it yet.



As you might have gathered by now, this game doesn't mind trolling you with chests which are either empty or kind of useless. Such is this one, too, as it only contains 12 ryo. Also, katakana (TO).



Eventually at the very top of the dungeon, we come to this situation. There is a passage which is blocked by some kind of electrical barrier. But there is a keypad to the right of it, so let's see what happens if we try to use it.



Ah, well, I was wondering when we'll come to this.

But what is the password? I mean, we can assume that it probably has to do something with the katakana letters on the floor (since this screen also allows us to enter a bunch of katakana letters as password.

Surprisingly, this is a bit harder than you might expect. First of all, let's have a look at the map of the whole floor:




The letters are all upside down, but don't worry about that for now. In the top left corner, we can definitely see a cluster of letters which can spell the name Kikugorou (キクゴロウ), him being the narcissist that he is, of course the password must have something to do directly with him. But typing just his name like this as password, doesn't work.

What else, then? The only other hint we have is that he told us how we would be saying words of praise for him before we meet again. So then, we might look if it's possible to spell some kind of phrase like that which includes also his name? It turns out that this is possible to do, but there's also an extra bit which might help during the solving. The correct solution also represents the shortest path between the bottom right and top left corners. No, there are absolutely no hints on this topic in the game, you're supposed to work it out yourself.

Anyway, if we make the shortest path, it looks like this:




Now all we need to do is read the letters in order: キクゴロウエライ, or as written properly with kanji: 菊五郎偉い, or finally in English: "Kikugorou the great". So in order to pass through the doors, we are forced to type the words of praise for Kikugorou, as he already promised us. How annoying. Either way, as you can see, this was not super easy, but in the end, typing the katakana version in the the prompt, the barrier is removed and we can proceed.





Now the layout gets more complicated, because we're no longer limited to one floor, so we may have to go up and down



We can head down for a second...



...but the only thing there is a barrier which, this time, does not have a keypad to enter the password on. So we have to go back up. There, after a short walk...



...we find another passworded barrier!



We are definitely being trolled here. However, there's no choice but to type in the password again. And yes, you do actually have to type it in manually again.



Continuing on, this gives us access to the staircase here which leads further down.



Let's see what's on this floor.



This chest here has a return stone. The game is always nice to give us one so we can quickly exit the dungeon. Although in this case you may want to hold off a bit at the end before using it. We'll come to that part in a bit.



Over here, we can find a rejuvenating tablet in the chest. As you might recall, it recovers our MP and will be useful to have in this dungeon as we'll soon see.



Then we head back up!



Shortly after, we find the next barrier!



Seriously.



It leads us to a hallway...



...which simply leads to the next one.



Yep, gotta say it again.

Anyway, as we walk through...




...we actually encounter a new enemy!



This dungeon seems to be mostly populated by two kinds of goldfish otherwise. In the Japanese text the "teacher" is explicitly female, but well, this is difficult to convey into English since it doesn't really have a word that means "female teacher". Her attack is to "crack the whip" at you, but otherwise mostly unremarkable. Here Kabuki levels up and learns a new "secret technique" of "flying kick" (tobi-geri, 飛び蹴り). It deals double normal damage, but at the cost of reduced hit rate.

Let's continue.



We simply continue to the next barrier. But take note of those chests there. They are beind a barrier which doesn't have a keypad. This one here, however, does! Let the trolling continue!



And then...



...another barrier. But this one at least lets us proceed deeper.



These password prompts are getting more and more sinister. Nevertheless, the password doesn't change.



Downstairs, we finally find an imprisoned person, the ninja village chieftain! We can of course talk to him.



I made a big mistake and even after a lifetime of being a ninja, somehow allowed myself to get kidnapped.
I thought for a while of ending my life right here, but... I have something I would very much like to give you, so I have continued to live in shame while imprisoned here.
This Kikugorou of the Root Clan, who kidnapped me, is further in. Please do what you can to defeat that jerk and give me the release from my shame.

Don't worry, we're not far now, this dungeon is almost over. By the way, in case I haven't made it clear... there are absolutely NO save points in dungeons or anywhere else in the overworld. The ONLY place to save is at an inn inside a town! So when you are playing this without the benefit of save states on an emulator, it can get quite dicey sometimes.



Anyway, we need to walk just a bit more, until...



Huh. Cool.



But over to the left, are Kikugorou and... a flower person? I guess? Let's see.





Did you figure it out, "Kikugorou the great"?
Even if you're dumb as rocks, you must have been able to figure that one out, right? "Kikugorou the great," ah, it just sounds so beautiful!
But, now, let me introduce my dear friend, whom I brought here today especially for you! The ultimate flower-loving romantic: Hanafubuki Noriyoshi-kun! Please look forward to it!

Incidentally, "hanafubuki" (花吹雪) means "falling cherry blossoms". However, we have no time for that, as we transition directly into our next mini-boss fight.



Indeed, it's literally an evil flower person!

Like some other enemies around these parts, defence is pretty high, so physical attacks won't work so well. It's better to use magic/skills. Kabuki's ice blade deals pretty good damage, but it's hit rate is abysmal, so probably not worth it. But, both his flower storm and Manjimaru's demonic fire deal about 20-25 damage each time, so considering that the HP is only 250, we should be relatively ok. Damage dealt to us is also about 20-25 HP or so, so you might want to keep an eye on your HP and heal as needed. The only issue you might encounter here is running out of MP, so make sure to bring a couple of recovery items for that. At low HP, he may use a healing ability, but curiously, it didn't happen to me.




Anyway, after defeating him, they both go away, but also...



...all the barriers are now unlocked, including those without keypads. Also, the ninja chief comes to talk to us once more.



Please make your way to Iga village as I have there some items that I wish to hand over to you!
Excuse me for leaving in a rush like this.

And he goes away.

So we are done with this dungeon, and we could use the return stone... but now with barriers being open there are a few more items to be found. Like for example in that chest you can barely see in the alcove. It only contains a healing consumable item though.




Or this location here, which we walked past earlier. One of the chests is empty, but the second one contains the "Ninja Sword of Iga", a weapon.



We can give it to Kabuki for a +2 in attack power. Not much, but hey.

In an ultimate troll from the game, the third chest is also empty. So with this, now we can really use the return stone and leave this place.




And from here, we can simply use the Angel's Raiment spell to teleport back to Iga.



Over in Iga, we can see that Kikugorou has again changed the sign back to his name, but this time it's more colourful than previously!



As always, we can talk to the lady inside!

That rotten bastard! There's no need to deface people's houses like that! I'd rather have pigeon droppings on the roof than the name of that slimeball!



Since we need to go to chiefs house, we'll just activate the staircase like before. But, downstairs...



And like before, he returns quickly. We'll obvously see later what he did with the sign again! In the meantime let's proceed to the chief's house.



Let's see what he has to say.



What I wanted to ask you is, have you heard about the village of Ihika? It's located in the big fissure in the Earth, called the Valley of Sorrow. It's down in the Kii province.

We've already heard about this last time. Apparently there is a somewhat unsafe gondola which allows you to cross the valley.

When I was on some business in Kii, I accidentally managed to fall down in the valley and got myself injured. I was saved by the people from Ihika.
The Ihikans are not actually human. But despite their unusual appearance, their scientific knowledge is far beyond human understanding. If you meet them, I'm sure they can help you to reach the Jungle Castle.
And now, I would like to present to each of you a gift of thanks.
Master Manjimaru, this is an item you will need in order to be able to enter the village of Ihika. Please take it.

Manjimaru obtained the Ring of Sorrow!

And to you, I give the Seal of Transformation, an item which has been handed down over generations in Iga. Please use it well.

Kabuki obtained the Seal of Transformation!

Huh, you're not going to tell us what this one is for, are you? Well, all I know is that it takes up an inventory slot.

And, there's one other request I would like to make. My granddaughters insist on helping you on your journey. They're a little peculiar, but their technique is among the best in Iga, so they will not be a hindrance to you.
They're not here at the moment because the Root Clan is looking for them, but a messenger has come to get in touch. I'm sure they'll meet up with you in due course. I would ask you to give them your kind guidance upon such occasion.

Well. That village of Ihika certainly sounds like an interesting place to visit, so we'll be heading there shortly. But first, let's visit the other house without a door.



Over here, we have a shop.



We'll buy an Iron Hachigane for 360 ryo. What is a "hachigane"? It's a kind of a helmet, like this one:





We'll equip this on Kabuki for a +3 in defence compared to the straw hat.

Coming back outside...




...we can see that Kabuki has put up another even flashier sign with his name again. This one is flashing and changing colours!



Obviously, the lady inside the house has a comment to this.

I'm so happy to be able to worship Kabuki-san's name every da! Hurrah! Hurrah!

And that, thankfully, is the end of that little side-joke and we can focus back on our task! But before that, a few people in this village have a bit to say after us having saved the chief.



Like this person here.

A ninja will definitely return the grudge they'd received, but a ninja will also return the favour. From now on, the chief will protect you at the cost of his life!

Or that other ninja there in the corner.

Even if the chief is saved, we can't rest easy as long as Kikugorou is alive! Also, I hear that there is a Tengu living in the mountains in the south-west of this province. Not to mention, four different Tengus down in Kii province.

We've already picked up the spell from the Ise Tengu last time, and as for the others, in due course. Also, it's been mentioned now a few times, but despite its slightly unusual name, Kii (紀伊) was a historical province in Japan, located around where modern-day Wakayama is.



And then this one here, tending the garden.

You're still so young and yet... you came back safe from Negoro burial mound. Does the fire clan have some kind of a terrifying latent power?

Um, yeah, kinda.



And then, finally, this person here.

I've heard that Wakayama castle in Kii province has fallen into Kikugorou's hands. Please be careful when you go there!

As mentioned, Wakayama in real life is located where Kii province used to be, so this fits.

All right, it's time to head south. For this, we'll use the border crossing at Owase village.




Simply walk through...



...and here we are in Kii.



Checking the map, we can see that indeed it mostly consists of mountains apart from a small coastal strip of land on the south. Our first destination, however, is the Valley of Sorrow, which is that big area slightly to the south of the province centre.



Luckily, there is a road we can easily follow to there.



Walking around leads, of course, to random encounters! As you can see, the enemy theme is still "nature".



Or even more!



The enemy designs are kind of getting a bit out there... Also, why does everything hit so hard here?





After a short while longer, we find what looks like a gondola going across a big hole. That's not a lake, just an unfortunate choice of colour. Let's read that road sign, though.

Valley of Sorrow

A series of falling accidents--danger of death! Do not cross the valley!


Unfortunately, we're going to have to do exactly that. But as we make a step towards the gondola...



Leafy! A bit tougher than those petals earlier, but still unlikely to kill you.



And then a couple more steps after that...





Somehow RNG is really not on our side for these few steps. It's not normally this bad, but right now...



Despite the name, this new enemy is pretty strong and might give trouble at our current level. Kabuki's ice blade does wonders though... if it can hit!



Aynway, as I was saying...



...let's get on the gondola!



And it ends up exactly like you think it will. I mean, we've been warned.



But no matter. Because this is pretty much where we wanted to go--the Valley of Sorrow! We can already see a few interesting things here. There is a (not Jizo) statue and also some kind of mechanical contraption to the left of it.



Examining the statue...

It's a grotesque stone statue. It's holding one of its fingers out.

It's holding a finger out? Well, compared to the Kikugorou riddle, this one is super easy. We already have the Ring of Sorrow. So let's just put it on the statue's finger. I mean, what can possibly happen?

Well, thre is a flash of light, and then...




...a structure materialises that we can enter into it seems. So, uh, let's?



Ahh. Looks like this is what we were looking for! Welcome to Ihika village, everyone! Well all right, let's talk to these two people here and see what's up--they are pretty clearly not human, exactly as we were told. (For a certain definition of human, of course.)

The gleam in your fire-like eyes! You are of the Fire Clan! At last! At last you have come! It's been a thousand years since that abominable war... But finally they day has come when we can return to the land of the light!
We in Ihika are also of the Root Clan, so there is no other possibility than to get killed by the Fire Clan. Nevertheless, we have been waiting for you for a thousand years. Only the Fire Clan can break our cursed fate.

Well, that's dark. But for now, we'll take that elevator there and descend into the maim part of the "village".



Let's continue to explore.

We are descendants of scholars who fled the Root Country during the war a thousand years ago. In order to kill humans, birds, beasts, mermaids, ogres, and especially the Fire Clan, our ancestors created many techniques and mechanical soldiers, and even were able to slightly alter the bodies of their comrades, to give them a slight advantage in the war. But they were uneasy about aiding the war effort, so they ultimately fled the Root Country and settled here. Since them, for one millennium we have lived here in the valley, out of sight and out of mind, so that our technology could not be misused. Never leave the valley... that's the Ihika rule!

Well, thank you, Mr. Exposition. But it at least clears up a few things (while raising still more questions in turn).



Going forward, we encounter two chests and another person (who looks important). There is also what looks like a computer console just barely visible up top. Well, let's start with the chests.



We're talking about a very specific kind of celestial being, "tenjin" (天人), one of whose abilities to be able to fly though the sky by using a special necklace. As you can imagine, this scroll allows us to teleport anywhere we've been before in the entire world (not just in the current province) and is the equivalent of the item we found earlier today. So that's pretty cool.

And then the other chest...




I'm sorry, what? No, I have no idea what that's for.

But let's talk to this guy.




Kumana, our ancestor, said that when the Root Clan reappears, the Titan of Ihika will stand.
The Titan of Ihika will surely help us to capture the Jungle Castle. Therefore, Master Manjimaru, please look for it!
It is said that the titan is sealed deep underground by the four bronze bells. However, we do not know where either the bells or the titan are located. You might be able to find something at the altar of Kumana. So please check it out.

Things are really getting complicated. We already have a few things going on.



All right, let's make a tour, as usual.

The prophecy left by our ancestor Kumana said, "When the Fire Clan descends to this land and the Titan of Ihika stands, we will see the light again". Thanks to this prophecy we were able to stay here for a thousand years.



Our ancestors hid the weapons they took with them when they fled the Root Country. Perhaps the Titan of Ihika is one of those weapons? If the mechanical weapons said to have been created by Ihika's ancestors are a thing, then the Jungle Castle would be nothing to them!

As you can see, there is also a side room to the right, so let's check that out.



As a matter of fact, Daeron and the other two sages were not the first people to break the Ihika rule. Three years ago a man named Toki claimed that he was going to revive Masakado, the demon clan, but then he disappeared.
When Daeron and the other two left the valley, we were convinced of the imminent revival of the Root Clan. So in order to fight them, we had to find the Fire Clan--we asked Momochi Tanba from the Iga village to look for them. He fulfilled our expectations! The Fire Braves have now visited our valley!
The three sages of the Root Clan you've been dealing with... they're actually from this valley. The three of them broke the rule and left the valley, while saying: "The thee of us will change through our own powers this worthless fatalism!".

Some backstory for the sages, finally.



Back in the main room, on the left side...

That thing in the centre is the altar of Master Kumana. If you stand near it, his voice will echo in your mind. It's a wonderful machinery that was able to make an electric recording of Master Kumana's thoughts. But we don't have the ability to build such things any more.
Perhaps Daeron and others have set their sights on Taikun in order to help them efficiently search for the Holy Swords of the Fire Clan. They probably already know where Yomi is sealed, it was probably simple to find out. All they have to do now is gather the human enegry through the dark orchids and send it to Yomi and await his resurrection. Time is running out! They will use any kind of means to stop you!



There is of course another room on the left. Surprisingly here we get a direct tutorial.

You might end up using different kinds of vehicles to get around. But remember one important thing. Most of the vehicles built by the Fire Clan and also those built by us at Ihika have a simple "auto-return" mechanism. If you lose track of the vehicle, don't panic. Simply return to where you first found it...

Good to know. But for now, we'll take the lift here further down.



If you happen to come across a treasure chest that is red in colour... definitely do not open it! It's one of the most dangerous traps designed by our ancestors. They called it the Box of Hundred Demons.

This is a pretty cool thing which exists in this game. But obviously we'll discuss more about it when we do find a red treasure chest. The other two guys here are not interesting. One of them repeats the prophecy story and the other is the save/rest point to recover your HP.

So let's go back up...




...and see what is up with this computer console slash altar here.



A "hologram" is projected. It speaks to us.



I am Kumana of Ihika. Fire Braves! The four bronze bells open with the mirror of the four waters.
Turn. Jump. Climb. Stop. In all life.
In all life.

I have no idea what half of this means. I'm sure we'll figure it out somehow, though.

In the meantime, though...




...there is one other room on the north side.

Everyone in the village knows that pressing the button on the alter will transmit Kimana's will. But no one knows the function of the five marks on the floor there. I think they're probably evacuation devices. In order to commemorate the visit of Fire Braves to Ihika today, I can activate it for you!
[ Yes. ] / No.

Well of course. Why not?

It seems to be working... Try stepping on one of the markers on the floor and see what happens. I'm pretty sure you're not going to die... probably.

Well, ok, let's try one of those pads.





Oh, so we just... got teleported somewhere? Let's look at the map.



Hmm, looks like we're all the way on the western coast now. For reference the Ihika valley is that big clear spot in the middle. Well, I mean, since we're here, let's check out this place and see what's up.



So, uh, welcome to Wakayama (和歌山). I've already mentioned that Wakayama was historically in the Kii province, so I guess this fits.

I suppose we might as well have a chat with a few people here and see what's going on in this part of the world!


This is horrible! Our castle has been taken over by Kikugorou from the Root Clan! He's driven out our lords!
I heard that Kikugourou has blocked access to Mt. Kouya in the northeast. I guess he must have the key to the temple gate.

Mt. Kouya, indeed, is in present day Wakayama prefecture and is an extremely popular tourist destination.



Interesting, they have here also those Jizo statues... But for now let's just talk to this person.

The Wakayama Castle bridge has been raised and is not likely to fall down any time soon. But maybe with a boat...

Huh, so we have to find ourselves a boat again. Too bad we had to leave our badly drawn one behind. But we'll figure something out. But at least we know that the castle is definitively not accessible at the moment.



In the castle there are still left many women and servants... I hope it doesn't end badly for them.



Kikugorou has been kidnapping people from Kii and taking them to the Jungle castle. Since he's been here at Wakayama castle, several people from the town have been taken.

I guess it all feeds into Yomi's life-force or something like that.



As always, we can visit a few houses, too. First we'll talk to the guy standing in the corner.

The lord of Wakayama castle ended up in my house when he was driven out of his castle...

The guy sleeping on the floor is the lord then, I guess?

I, the lord of Wakayama, was caught off guard by Kikugorou and he took my castle from me. That bastard! He lured all the men out and then raised the bridge over the moat. It seems he intends to use the castle as the base while he searches for the four ancient bronze bells all over the Kii province. If we don't recover the castle before that happens, we'll be at his mercy!

Well that's ok, we're also searching for the bells.



That bastard Kikugorou! He said he was going to show me the best stage show in the world, and then... suddenly my whole family swept away in the damned pink tornado, leaving me alone. They must be facing hell right now...



Kikugorou is the lord of the Jungle Castle that suddenly appeared in Ise province. Our town, too, will eventually turn into a forest. I don't think we're long for this world...
Mt. Kouya is like a natural ice house, it's common that the ice doesn't melt at any point throughout the year. Therefore, for those unfamiliar with the route, even walking there can be potentially deadly.
Mt. Kouya has been blocked by Kikugorou. I came here to ask for help, but then look at the state of this place...



Ok, looks like not much we can do here right now, so let's move on. Let's try to make our way to the southern coast.



Of course, we get accosted on the way! Thse guys like to use ice based spells.



Also, enemy names are just getting better and better!

After this battle, kabuki learns a new skill, "double suicide"
(心中), which does not actually kill him fortunately. What it does do is inflict large damage to one enemy but at a cost of being damaged himself. So I guess it could work as a finisher, or if you know you'll be able to heal.



Along the way, we can see a few of these water caverns (there were a couple also in the Valley of Sorrow), so we're definitely going to need a boat to access those. We can also check out that road sign there.

There is a quiet village upstream where you can rest from the travelling. Please drop by.

Well, we're good for now, so we can proceed. Also that sounds vaguely suspicious.



Well, let's check out this place then.



It's called Shinguu village (新宮). Incidentally shinguu is an actual word in Japanese which means "newly built shrine". Let's quickly talk to that guy down there behind the fence.

In different places in Kii province there are grotesque statues. They are said to be the guardian deity of pirates, but their true purpose is unknown.

I guess he must be talking about the status like the one in the Valley of Sorrow. So it seems we should be on the lookout for more of them!



Looking in a bit further, it seems like there is some sort of flooding here?



Let's talk to more people to find out.

I heard there is a coral island in Kushimoto village. I'd like to leave this life where I'm frightened by the Root Clan and live on such a beautiful island.



Hello!

It is said that the pirates were taught ship building skills by a foreign tribe which migrated from Ise to Kii. It makes sense, since our ancestors were not smart enough to build ships on their own!



In the old days, pirates used to dedicate their ships, and their very lives to the Kumano Shrine.

In real life there are actually three different Kumano shrines, located around the Wakayama prefecture. Here is a picture of one of them, Kumano-Hayatama shrine, located on the coast of Kii peninsula in the town of Shinguu in Wakayama prefecture on the Japanese island of Honshuu.


By 663highland - Own work, CC BY 2.5, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=11193644



Across that bridge there, there is this person.

Welcome to Shinguu. Are you here to visit the Kumano Shrine? Things don't seem to be going so well there...

Yeah, I'd say, the entrance to it seems flooded, as we could see on an earlier screenshot! The building you see on this screenshot is not accessible from this side due to those trees, so we'll have to see about that later.

In the meantime, let's check a couple of houses here too.




Like this kid here.

I saw a pink tornado the other day! It was surrounded by monsters and I could hear a voice coming from the inside, telling them to "go and find the bronze bells quickly"! But I'm good at playing hide and seek, so they didn't see me!



Long ago, before Kii was a proper province, this region was ruled by pirates. I heard that they used to subdue the people with their powerful warship!

Please tell me we will be able to obtain this ship!



Before we leave, let's just stop by the shop.



We'll buy these "barley ear shoes" for 1000 ryo (man that's expensive).



First we'll replace Manjimaru's old shoes with these for a +4 in speed and then...



...we give those to Kabuki for a nice +12 in speed. Of course this all requires way too many button presses back and forth through the menus. But either way, after this, we of course sell the old stuff to make room.



And now we'll be on our way, since there is not really anything else we can do here right now.



As it turns out, just a short walk down the coast we find the Kushimoto village that we've been told about. I suppose those things in the sea must be the coral reefs. Let's go inside.



But, as soon as we enter the village...



...things start to happen!

Check out the cutscene video for what happens next!




The term "tayuu" 太夫 that was heard in the cutscene is a bit difficult to explain in English. It means a few different things, like the kabuki actor which plays the female role, or a head of an acting troupe or even a high-ranking courtesan. So take your pick.



And then, just as quickly as they showed up, they're gone. Well, we'll meet up with them again later on, I'm sure.

In the meantime, let's take a bit of a break here for now.

I hope everyone is enjoying Manjimaru's "road trip" so far--I'm pretty sure you can see that the sheer scale of this game's world is quite a bit larger than what you would normally expect from an early 1990s JRPG. But that's what you get when you have a whole CD's worth of space for your game data, as opposed to a relatively limited cartridges on the Nintendo side. Still, the PC Engine/Turbografx platform never seems to have obtained much of a foothold in the west and so most of the JRPGs that were released on it, including this one, never left Japan (notable exception to this are the first three Ys games and a couple of others). Not that this game would have been an easy localisation task to begin with (as seen just a couple of paragraphs above), but still.

Anyway, take care and see you next time!


ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.

PurpleXVI posted:

Yeah, no kidding about the scale of the world, this is huge!

How big a part of the total world have we seen so far?

Well, basically the game world is this map which we've already seen:



Here I have circled the part of the world we have visited so far. So as you can see, there is still plenty more to go, the game is indeed absolutely huge.

I guess probably mostly people here have already figured out that this game is of a more episodic nature--the overarching plot is less of a focus, but the focus is more on individual little bits that happen to Manjimaru and the party as they travel around Jipang and various events that happen and people that they meet along the way.

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.

bewilderment posted:

A minor question but it's stuck in my head:
Blue haired? is that a typo, a translation issue, or... are you color blind? Because our here Manjimaru's hair is super duper purple in both these pictures.

Door number 3! I'm mildly red/green colour blind. I have problems with certain shades, and certainly purple comes into play there because of its red component.

Funnily enough, it seems I make a blue/purple mistake in pretty much every LP thread that I have done so far! At this point I should probably just use an image editing program to check first lol. :v:

Luckily my red/green issue is overall pretty mild and doesn't really cause me problems in real life (e.g. driving) so it's all good.

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.
    



Last time, on their tour of Jipang, Manjimaru and Kabuki rescued the ninja chief and also met up with his three granddaughters. Also it seems we need to obtain the four bronze bells in order to proceed towards the Jungle Castle. However, it does also appear that we may need a boat to access some parts of this region and there have been mentions of a pirate warship of some sort.

In today's episode, we also stumble across an infinite money exploit in this game!




After talking to the three lady ninjas, we're still in Kushimoto village. So let's see what's going on around here. We'll do our usual tour talking to everyone. It's a small place so there's only a few people here.

This is Kushimoto, a rural fishing village at the very southern top of the Kii province. Because of those Root Clan shitheads, we're not able to go fishing any more!



Since the men can no longer fish, we divers have to work even harder... But as the work is getting more difficult, also more people are getting injured or even drowning in the sea. If this continues, we may have to abandon our village entirely...

Well, that's not great. But don't worry, we'll deal with it soon!



In this village there is a group small rocks, called Hashigui-iwa. If you look from the shore towards the sea, you can see the whole row of them. It's quite a rare sight, so you should take a look.

Ah yeah, we saw those on the overworld just before we arrived. In fact, Hashigui-iwa (橋杭岩), or in English, "bridge pillar rocks", is a rock formation that exists in real life. It is of course found off the coast of Kushimoto town, in Wakayama prefecture. Here is an actual photograph of it:



Let's move on. We have a couple of houses to visit here too.



Hashigui-iwa is said to be like a bridge over a coral island. I've never seen a coral island, but I'm sure it must be beautiful.
Have you visited the big valley to the north? At night, you can hear a weird sobbing voice coming on the wind from that walley. They say it's the voices of people who have committed suicide by jumping into the valley!



First let's talk to the kid!

These days, dad just sits at home and gets drunk and mumbles to himself. I wonder why he doesn't bring any more fish...

The dad is a bit worse for wear:

Ugh, can't catch any fish... there is no sushi. Can't catch any octopus... there's no takoyaki. Can't catch any foxes... there is no fox udon! Wait, no, there's no fox in fox udon. I'm so drunk!

"Fox udon" (キツネうどん) is actually udon with deep fried tofu. It contains no foxes.

Finally the last person...


I can't be a fisherman, so I thought I'd become a lumberjack! But the Root Clan has even started to appear in the forest here beghind the shrine now...

We'll check that situation in a moment. But for now...



And this one guest in the inn...

In the forest behind the shrine the root clan has appeared. They seem to be looking for something, so be careful when you go there!

Well, ok, let's investigate this. First of all...



...here is the shrine, at the northern end of the village.



There is a path we can follow through the forest here. (We're not actually exiting to the overworld, this is just part of the village).



Ah, well, that's interesting. Let's go in.



This is really our only lead at the moment, so let's see where it leads.



There are some chests down here. They are mostly empty. But one has a wild dog helmet. This game really likes to troll with empty chests.



This we give to Kabuki for +3 in defence compared to his current equipment.

Also...




...there are random encounters down here and we even find a new enemy!



I don't neccesarily want to speculate what's going on here on a genetic level.

This enemy formation is actually a bit dangerous as they take multiple turns to kill at our level and can inflict some serious damage in the meantime. Multi enemy spells are probably the best bet, as anything else will be too slow and you will get killed before you're done with them.




Let's head back up.



And outside.



Huh, what now. Well, there is one of those disfigured statues there. So, uh, maybe if we try using that mirror on it?

Manjimaru uses the Mirror of the Four Waters!

And then...



...things happen! We create an actual bridge across those rock formations!



There is a small water basin/well here. If we check it out...





Nice. That was not too hard. Three more to go. Before you ask, yes of course, even though it's a special "quest" item, it sure as heck takes up an inventory spot. With all the special items we're carrying around at the moment, we hardly have any space left for regular items! Also, yes, I will stop complaining about this issue at some point. Just not today.

In any case we're done here and can now go back through that underground cave. On the way back...




...the game decides to not give us any break! These guys take 3 turns to kill, so even with using multi-target spells, it definitely gets dicey. At least it gets us around 40 EXP which is not bad at all at this point in the game.

But we do make it back to the village, where is sell some old equipment as usual. After a quick rest at the inn...




...we're ready to continue our search for the second bell! For this we'll head towards the east.



Across the bridge here...



...and then we visit this place at the north end of this big inlet.



Welcome to Kumano village! It's kind of divided on both sides of the inlet with a bridge in between (you can't see the bridge yet, we'll see it in a moment).

First we'll stop in the shop.




We'll pick up this "stage costume" outfit for Kabuki (only he can use it).



As you can see, this is a pretty good defence upgrade at +8 compared to his previous outfit, and very much worth getting at this point! And now of course, let's find out the local news.



After resting at the inn, we'll talk to this kid here.

When I get older, I want to soak in the hot spring bath in Shirahama village, drink some sake and reminisce back on my life!

Haha, cool, but still we should probably check out that hot springs. Luckily, there are currently no women in our party, so we're not in danger of encountering a questionable fan-service scene there! But before we go, let's see what's up here in Kumano.

So again, let's talk to the residents.




For some reason, the main hall of the Kumano shrine does not seem to have an entrance. That's why no one has ever been inside to see what is there.

Well, we have some experience with houses that don't have front doors, so we may be able to help here. Also here you can see the bridge which connects two sides of the village.



In that house next door...

It seems that the Wakayama castle has been taken over by that Kikugorou of the Root Clan. I wonder if they plan to use it as base to invade all over Kii province.
In the mountains to the north of here, there is a Tengu's cabin... or so I've heard.

It's about time to visit another Tengu. This one is a bit hard to access though, so we'll have to do a couple of other things first.



Then this gentleman here is hiding in the trees!

The founder of the Kumano shrine is said to have been a crow, and hence a crow is now the deity of this shrine. But this time, it seems even its divine powers will not help. The number of crows has increased along with the corpses, but this shrine is dying out.

Crow as a deity of a shrine? Absolutely. And not just any crow, actually it's a three-legged crow! Check this out:



Notice the banners showing a three-legged crow (which is a thing in East Asian mythology/folklore) displayed everywhere. In fact this photograph is of one of the shrines in Wakayama prefecture!



Here is the shrine. It does seem to have something which looks like a door, but either way it shut tight and it seems the only access is from water. Let's keep investigating.



Kumano shrine protects the pirate ship which is stored there... at least that is the Kumano legend which has been passed down over generations.

Knowing this game, legends generally turn out to be true, so looks like we'll be captaining a pirate ship soon!



In the house next door...

There are five Jizo statues in front of the shrine, but some of them are headless which is a bit creepy. However, according to the legend, that's how they were built in the first place.



Here are the Jizo statues, and yeah, some of them lack heads. However, there seems to be also one of those big statues that we can use our mirror on. Let's have a look at that for a moment.



Over here, next to the big statue, there is also another building... but it doesn't have stairs leading to the entrance! Obviously, we can't climb that enormous height. However...



...simply using the mirror in front of the statue causes a staircase to appear. Well, that was easy. Let's head on inside.



Well, look at that. It's a completely empty room containing only five levers. Hmm, five Jizo statues and also five up/down levers. Do you think that the statues might be describing the formation that the levers should be put into? Don't answer that because it's obvious.

Indeed, if we put the levers to match the up/down pattern of the Jizo statues...




...a staircase appears on the left side of the room.

But wait a second! What if... and just go with me here... what if, what if we put the levers in the OPPOSITE positions from the statue pattern?




Hey! Then we get a staircase on the right side! Well, let's check it out.



So it's just a small optional room with two chests in it.



It also contains this guy in it--we return temporarily to the "skeleton" theme for the enemies.

In fact, there are several of them in this building and they are all "set" encounters which are triggered when you step over particular tiles. They're also all one-time encounters and do not reappear once defeated. Which is a good thing too, because they're pretty nasty. The good news is... there is an inn right outside, so you can just run out and rest after defeating each one!




"Outfitted" in the sense of not just being a bare skeleton but one wearing armour/equipment. I'm also starting to wish we had more than two party members. Alas, not yet.

So is it worth it coming down here for the two chests? Not really. One of them has a restorative item, and the other a piece of equipment which is not as good as what we already have. Meh. Let's change the levers and head to the left side of the house.




Down here there is not much, so we just need to follow the only possible path, while being mindful of those bone soldiers popping up every so often. Notice how from here you can actually see the hidden room on the right, so that gives you a prompt to look into how to access it.



Let's see...





Hey, look at that! It's a pirate ship! Cool! Let's board!



But uh, how do we get out of here? Well. Recall that it was mentioned about this ship actually being armed. If we open our in-game menu...



...we can see that apart from usual commands here like to use item or spell or equip party members, now that we're on this ship, there is an extra option: "bombardment" (砲撃). Sure, let's see what happens.



That's one way of doing it, for sure!



But, now that we have a ship, let's see where we can go!

Before we proceed with our actual tasks, let's first check out a couple of slightly out of the way locations.

As usual...




...there are enemy encounters while on water, too. However, the "bombardment" command is available here too and you can use it if you want--the ship doesn't get a turn of its own though; you have to sacrifice one of your party members' turns to use it.



These guys are not super tough, but they do have the ability to inflict the "forgetful" status effect. It's the same as "silence" in Final Fantasy, preventing the usage of spells. Status effects in this game, at least, always wear off after a while. In battle that means after a few turns, and if any of them persist after the battle, they will also wear off after a short while. Incidentally, party members getting knocked out in the battle are also considered to be afflicted by a status effect. This one is called "almost dead", and will also wear off after a short while after the battle ends and the character will be revived with 1 HP. This doesn't apply to Manjimaru; if he is knocked out, you get transported back to the nearest inn. So you can never get a game over by losing a battle.

Anyway, I said we'll go explore on our boat for a bit, but before that...




If we float down the inlet, we arrive again to Shinguu village. If you recall, there were a couple of inaccessible places there. For example this shrine on an island!



Hoho, you got an interesting looking ship here. Well, looks like it's some kind of a fate, so please help yourself to whatever you find in the treasure hall.



The treasure hall is this other house here, which is completely surrounded by trees and not accessible from land. But now we can finally get to it! Let's see what's inside.



Three chests. The one on the left is empty, the one on the right has 780 ryo. The one in the middle is somewhat interesting.



So, despite the name, this is not actually a piece of equipment. This item has the following function: it will stop the enemy attacks for 3 turns, but you will also not be able to act during those turns (meaning in both cases the whole party). So this somehow seems useless at first glance, but there is a way to use it.

However, a more interesting thing about this item that it forms a part of an easy (but tedious) infinite money exploit. First of all, this item is somehwat valuable--you can buy it for 2400 ryo. All items when you sell them back to the merchant are paid at 50% rate so you can sell this back for 1200 ryo.

Across the river there is a shop where you can do that and earn the 1200. However, and I'm honestly not sure if this is a bug or if it is intended like that (but I really doubt it), but once you sell the item in the shop, it reappears in the chest in the treasure hall. So you can just get on the ship and go across the river and get it again, and then return to the shop and sell it, etc. Repeat this until you get bored and you can have as much money as you want. The need to constantly cross the river in the ship is what makes this super tedious, though. There are a few other items like this in the game, so perhaps this was just some technical issue they were not able to work around.

However, I will utilise this to bring our finances up to about 9000 ryo, because we REALLY desperately need some substantially better weapons at this point. And I know where to get them, but it costs money!

As for how would you use this item. Well, first of all, in theory, depending on the order of turns, you still might be able to get in an attack or two before the enemies "wake up" later in the same turn. But as it turns out, even the implementation of this item's function is also inconsistent/buggy, so the party always wakes up on Manjimaru's turn, regardless of who actually used the item three turns previously. In this way, having the slowest character use the item will ultimately yield the most amount of "free attacks" after the party wakes up but before the enemies can do so, and then if you just use the item again by the last party member, you can keep the enemies shut down permanently during the battle if you want! As everything with this item, this too is quite tedious to do, and not to mention the cost of having to buy many of these. But, well, it's there if you want to try it.

Anyway, I'll be back in a few minutes when I have enough money as mentioned above!




All right, I'm done. If you're wondering where we are, we have teleported to just outside Wakayama, because there is a shop here which has what we need.



Yes, this thing here. Mysterious Sword "Winter Wind". What a name. We are actually getting two, one for each of our characters.



Check this out: +13 in damage compared to Manjimaru's current equipment!



And for Kabuki it's a whole +17! So I would say, it was worth spending a few minutes on this!

Ok, now that this is done, we'll fast travel back to where we were...




...which is about here, in Shingu village. As you can see, we have a bit of a problem as to how to exit the village.



The problem is solved in the exact same way as before, of course.



After exiting from the inlet, we make our way back up north along the other side of the land. By the way, we can only navigate around the ligther coloured part of the water. The dark part (on the right side) is not navigable for us.



A bit to the north is another tight passage.



But it leads to a tiny island with a Tengu's hut!



Let's see what we get here!

How are they doing over there in the Valley of Sorrow? After all, it's been a thousand years since we've parted ways with them...
Oh, what, the other Tengu didn't tell you? That's right, we used to be members of the Root Clan too!
No way! You've been taking all these scrolls without realising it? Figures, that the Fire Clan would be like that...
Then you don't have to thank me for this "Mother's Forgetfulness" scroll! But please! Fire Clan! Let's finally end this war, once and for all!

Well, that was unexpected for sure. As for the scroll, it simply inflicts the "forgetful" status on enemies and makes it not possible for them to use spells.

All right, now with that done...




...let's head a bit to the west.



These guys will literally be the bane of your existence while at sea. They appear literally ALL THE TIME and while not strong, still take forever to take down with spells. At least they give 7 EXP each which is not bad as they mostly appear in groups of five.



Anyway, for now we'll stop at this place over here.



This is another small place, called Shirahama willage. Shirahama (白浜) means "white sandy beach"! The actual beach in real-life Shirahama is, of course, well known for its white sand.

But I see already a few people here!


Welcome to Kii's largest hot spring resort, Shirahama! Enjoy the beautiful scenery and have plenty of delicious meals! Well... that's what I would normally say, but due to Root Clan, the number of customers has decrased significantly.

Our village chief who was kidnapped by the Root Clan has returned, all covered in blood, and is now unconscious.



This gentleman is a bit interesting...

I'm the cook at the hot springs resort, but I am not able to catch fish any more because of those rocks! Will you help me and get rid of them?
[ Yes. ] / No.

Not sure why he wants that... but let's indulge him.



First we get back out on the sea in our boat, and then...



...just like that.

Getting back to this gentleman...




Thank you for breaking that rock! Actually, my father was the last pirate around here. As a thank you, I will tell where he used to hide his equipment. Have a look at the place called Ryuujin cave a little bit to the northwest!

We shall certainly do so shortly, but we have a couple of things to do first. Incidentally "ryuujin" (龍神) means "dragon god".

For now, though, let's continue our tour of the village.




Over here is the local shrine.



It is said that the pirates who long ago rampaged here in Kii later settled down as fishermen and lumberjacks. If we still had the blood of pirates, we could resist the Root Clan. But... it seems to have faded away over time.

Yes, I know there is a staircase there in the top right corner. Don't worry, we'll check that out shortly. For now, though...



Hello!

This area was originally settled by the pirates. Today, there are no more pirates, but there are treasures left by them to be found around the Kii province.

Yes, and we will be looking for some of them in just a bit, namely that guy's equipment.



Let's visit also a few houses here.

My husband was tortured mercilessly by the Root Clan. They even went so far to burn into his back the words "Kikugorou the Great" with a hot iron! The Root Clan seems to be looking for the bronze bells that are supposedly hidden in Kii. Did they really kidnapped an elderly person just to ask him for the location of some bells?

Uh, I mean, yeah, but they are not ordinary bells...

He's not doing so well, though.


Nngh... I don't know anything about the bells! Please let me go! I swear I don't know!



In this house there is just a kid.

I was playing hide and seek at the shrine the other day, but suddenly I found a demonic looking statue! I was so scared that I peed my pants!



Here in Kii, there is a fairy tale like this...
Hashigui-iwa turns round and round, the eyeballs also turn, and the head turns, too.
The spring also turns and so does life, on and on.
In the fountain, a fragment of life.
You know, I have no idea what any of that means! But don't you think it's an elegant song that makes you feel the importance of history?

Well, maybe, if I could understand it...

But now that we've done that, let's head over to the inn.




The hot water... the steam is rising. Just like the steam that is born on earth and will one day ascend to heaven, so will the humans and so will the Root Clan... Sorry, the heat is making me a bit dizzy, so I start to get philosophical.
If you go out on the sea with a boat, you can find the small island where a Tengu lives. He likes the sea so much that he's decided to live there.

Hm, we already found an island with a Tengu hut, but it wasn't exactly in the sea... or do you mean there is another somewhere here?

Anyway, that's about everybody we can talk to. So let's get back to that staircase in the shrine.




This one here.



It leads to an "unfinished basement", as you can see. What you can probably also see is that there is one of the bells chilling out on the other side of that wall. But... how do we get there? Hint: check back again the screenshot from the spa room.

Anyway, if we check that basin of water...


Hot water is bubbling up!

Obviously, we use the mirror on the statue, as always (well, not quite as always, on the first statue we used a ring).



It causes water to cool down! Let's see how the spa patrons feel about it.



The hot water... the steam is rising. Come to think of it... where is the hot water? There is no hot water! There is no hot water! There is no hot water! There is no hot water! There is no hot water! There is no hot water!

Welcome to tonight's slam poetry competition, folks!

In the end, what this means for us is...




...that we can now head through here!



It leads, of course, to the other side of that basement, which means...



...that we can now pick up the second bell!

There is nothing else down here, so we can now leave this place.




We want to head west anyway, to find that Ryuujin cave, but first...



...if we head all the way southwest, we find another island with a Tengu hut on it! Amazing!



Ha ha ha ha ha. Hey, you're here! It's been years since I've talked to anybody!
Ha ha ha ha ha, Fire Clan? I guess no decent people come to this place anyway. Whachawant?
Ha ha ha ha ha, don't tell me! Don't tell me! I know what it is! You want "that", right?
You want that "thing" of mine! It's called a "mud worm" and it's one heck of a nasty scroll! So I will give it to you!

Uh, thanks, I guess?

In any case, we have a mini-boss fight coming up quite soon, and I'm not exaggerating if I say, that without this scroll, it's going to be practically impossible to beat it with characters being on a natural level that they should be when you don't do excessive grinding.

So what does it do, you might ask? The Mud Worm
(泥虫) scroll simply lowers the agility of one enemy for a few turns. This is quite critical for the upcoming battle, but I will explain the details when we get there.

First, we head to the pirate treasure cave, though.




Obviously, on the way, we get some new enemies! Nothing really too out of the ordinary here.





In order to get into the cave, we follow this waterway here. So you definitely need a boat to get in here.



Not only that, but in fact the whole cave is flooded and can only be navigated by boat!



In the cave, there are a few places like this, where you can dock your boat next to some stairs. They lead to...



...rooms like this, containing treasure chests! In this one...

Manjimaru found the pirate longsword!

Nice, but it's literally one point of strength weaker than our current weapons! So it will get sold at the first opportunity. Let's hope other stuff we find here is better.

Continuing to explore...




...we encounter more new enemies! Attack of the killer... oranges, I guess? In any case, its worth fighting them as they appear in groups of 4 or 5 and give 11 EXP each, so you're looking at 40-50 EXP for a pretty easy battle!





Here is our second docking point.



This is like Dark Souls when you explore a dungeon and find all matching pieces of an equipment set one by one.



This one is definitely worth equipping, though. Kabuki has been lagging behind in defence compared to Manjimaru, so he gets this one for a nice +16 in defence!

Let's go looking for more stuff!




Tucked in over here is our next stop.



Cool, let's see.



This one gives Manjimaru +1 in defence compared to his current helmet, but again, there is no downside, so...

This was actually also the last thing to find--theoretically this dungeon is entirely optional, and its only purpose is to get some better equipment if you want. Exiting from the cave on the other end...




...leads over here. There seems to be another village, so let's have a look.$



Welcome to Kiyohime! The name of the village comes from Kiyohime (清姫) who is a character from a Japanese 11th century tale, "Anchin and Kiyohime" (it's probably older of course, but the first written record about it appears around year 1040. The story is basically about how Kiyohime falls in love with a Buddhist monk named Anchin, but gets rejected. This causes her in a rage to transform into a serpent and kill him, after finding him hiding in a bronze bell in a temple.

Unlike other towns/villages we were visiting recently, Kiyohime is not actually a place in modern-day Wakayama, but is named that in game for other reasons!

Anyway, let's see what's going on here, starting with the two people visible on this screenshot (yeah, I know, one is cut off a bit!).


You are lucking to be coming to this village! A beautiful woman just arrived here!
Have you seen the girl who recently came to our village? Such gorgeous and exotic green hair! This village was depressing and gloomy because of Root Clan, but now just having her around makes everyone happy.

I guess we'll have to meet her later!



Yes, I've literally left our boat parked there illegaly like that. Let's talk to the guy.

The root clan has attacked Mt. Kouya in the north. We fought desperately, but were finally defeated and this is where we are now.



Let's not forget this lady here.

What is up with the men in this village! Their flirtation attempts with this girl and just pathetic. I mean, she's cute and all, but has a bit of a cold look in her eyes. I don't like her at all!



Of course, let's check out the houses too.

Wakayama castle in the west is said to have been overtaken by a pink tornado. Just as humans have a lifespan, maybe so do the countries. It seems Kii may be doomed to perish.



There is a rumour that an ancient bronze bell is hidden somewhere in this village... A girl who came here recently seems to be looking for it. But how does she even know about it?

Hmm, I see. So I guess probably won't be friendly to us then.

Did you see that strange statue by the river? There are a few of them all over the province, not just in this village. I don't know what kind of fortune they bring, but I do wonder who made those weird statues in the first place.

We'll check that out in a second.



Ah, here is the weird statue. But, it's not accessible from here, so I guess we may have to find the other entrance to that cavern behind it. Also, what is up with the geysers blocking access to the shrine?



Over here inn, we can talk to this kid.

When I went for a pee-pee during the night, I saw something scary. The girl who came to the village turned into a snake, swam through the geyser and entered the shrine! Maybe I just dreamt it all?

You can probably already tell where all this is going.

Also the mother.


The geysers in this village have been active for a thousand years and are our specialty. I'm thinking about making a fortune by selling geyser buns. I think it's a good idea, they would squirt water out when you press them!

Perhaps try this with jam instead. But at least it explains the existence of geysers.

All right, let's see about accessing that statue. For that, first...




...we take our boat to cross to the other side. So in the end, turns out that dungeon is not really optional, as you more less need the boat for this.



And then, the cave entrance is literally just here.



We have a brief cavern to go through.



Over here is tucked a chest with 640 ryo. Don't mind if I do.

But apart from that, there's nothing here of note, so we can simply...




...go out the other side, which expectedly brings us right next to the statue. Of course, we use the mirror on it.



It causes geysers to disappear! Which means...



...we can now use the boat to dock at the shrine. Of course the boat was on the other side, so we had to go back through the cave to get it.



Inside, we find again, to our dismay, that jerk Kikugorou. Looks like he's again brought a friend with him. I guess that's the girl everybody was talking about. Now it all makes sense. And they are clearly blocking our access to the third bronze bell, too!



Look at her elegant tresses swaying in the wind! Please look forward to meeting Princess Serpent!

Can we not?



No, I guess we have to. It's a mini boss again, and oh my god look at her hair. It's literally snakes!

Anyway, as for this boss fight, alhthough we've been breezing through the last couple, this one can very definitely be a problem. Her physical attack doesn't do huge damage, so that's very much manageable.

The only other attack she has is this:




This one is mildly annoying as it has a chance to inflict the "sleep" status on its target. It renders you unable to act for a few turns, but still, that's manageable.

What is NOT manageable however, is her extremely high agility (check the stats below). As in some other games (at least some installments of Final Fantasy for sure), the agility stat also drives how evasive she is. What I'm trying to say is that basically the main problem with this fight is that, well, you're not going to be able to land a hit on her at all. And in this game even spells are subject to evasion, so... yeah.

So, then, what to do? Well, first of all, I would really recommend being at least level 19 for this fight. You should already be close to it when you get here (around 17-18 for sure if you play the game normally). So take a few minutes to get yourself up to 19. This should help to bring up a bit your own agility. However, this will not be enough by any stretch. So you will need to also make sure that she's at all points she has the "mud worm" spell applied on her. This lowers her agility by about 45 points which is not bad. You will still miss a fair few times, but at least you'll be able to hit like 40-50% of the time.

Unfortunately, that's not the end of our problems here. Note that she also has a high defence. This means your physical attacks won't do a huge amount of damage, so you'll have to use magic. But the problem with this is that your MP is not exactly abundant so you run the risk of running out. However, note also that Kabuki has quite a bit more MP (66) compared to Manjimaru's 46. Therefore, finally, our strategy looks like this. Give to Kabuki the offensive spell you will be using to damage her (Demonic Fire works quite well), and give the "Mud Worm" spell to Manjimaru. Then, Manjimaru can apply the Mud Worm every few turns while Kabuki spams Demonic Fire. In his "off" turns, Manjimaru can also attack or heal whoever needs it. As mentioned, you'll still miss half the time, but this way you at least stand a chance.

There is actually still one more minor annoyance in this fight. When her HP drops below 100, this will start to happen:




It's a massively annoying 20 HP heal! Demonic fire does about that much damage to her, so it basically negates your last hit. Unfortunately he'll keep doing this every 3-4 turns, so here it becomes really critical to have the Mud Worm applied so you don't lose MP for no reason. And yes, in the orginal Japanese version he absolutely calls her "Princess Serpent-chan". I will not comment further on this.

Anyway, with all this in mind, unless you get super unluckly with her evasion, you should be able to do this on the first try.


Finally, the reason for the reference to Kiyohime becomes now clear.



But anyway, eventually, that is done...



...and we can pick up the third bell!

So, that's it for today. Next time we'll see how the villagers react to the Princess Serpent situation and of course continue on our quest to find the final bronze bell!


ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.

Blaze Dragon posted:

How powerful is "bombardment" when used in battle? Does it have any advantages over just attacking normally?

To be honest, it's mostly on a similar order of magnitude like your normal attacks so it's not something like 5x or 10x stronger.


PurpleXVI posted:

Some of those attack sprites really look cool.

And man, more jRPG vehicles need to come with usable cannons. Hell yeah that owns.

Yeah the enemy sprites, especially the (mini)bosses are all kinds of awesome in this game. Also the game has nothing if not a big variety of vehicles that the party gets to use over the course of their journey, much more so that most games of similar genre/vintage.

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.

Zereth posted:

Does it at least hit more than one enemy?

Nope, it only hits one enemy. So it honestly isn't very useful in normal battles when you get 5 or 6 enemies together. But that's ok, this is certainly not the last means of transport Manjimaru and the party will be using which has its own special attack. There will be others!

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.
Hey, so, uh some bad news...

I suffered a hard drive failure on my main PC (stupid Apple fusion drive, that should never have been a thing!). Normally this would only mean a delay, however unfortunately one thing that most likely is not backed up is the emulator save state file. So what this means is that as much as I hate to do that, this LP most likely is not going to be able to continue at this point in time. I really don't have the energy to play the game from the beginning right now--later in the future probably yes, but right now starting over is just not something I can deal with, sorry. :(

I only played the game ONCE in my life from the beginning like that, and it was when Apollo Justice lost my save file when I accidentally dropped my Nintendo DS. Console was fine, but somehow the cartridge save data was lost. I've heard that this is not so uncommon to happen.

I know this is disappointing, believe me it's disappointing to me too, but right now this is the situation as it is.

But it doesn't mean that I will stop doing LPs of interesting/obscure Japanese games! I will definitely get on with something else as soon as I get organised with my new PC (which is at least going to be fully SSD, so at least no mechanical failures are possible).

I know that it's a bit annoying that I will play a new game instead of restarting this one, but honestly I just can't go back from the beginning, and play it all again right now. So I will do a different game for now and then we'll see. I actually had something in mind already that I wanted to do, so I will just go ahead with that.

So, how about a PS1game which is kind of a bit like Japanese version of "The Last Express", except it's fullly FMV with real actors, one of whom is Hideo Kojima? I think that should ease the pain somewhat as soon as I get myself organised again! It's also a much shorter game than what I usually play, so that will be a nice change of pace too, I think. Feel free to guess which game, I don't mind if it's "revealed" in this thread! :v:

All right, well, that's it for now, I'll see you in a few days when I receive my new PC (of course this had to happen just as the holiday is coming on too, ugh.).

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.

Randalor posted:

The LP curse strikes again!

Nah, in this case I think the Apple fusion drives are just not great--my best friends PC failed in the same way. But we'll see--it seems that it's possible to recover at least the files from the SSD part. So if the save file happens to be there, then I may be able to continue in a few days. If not... then it's going to be like in previous post.

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.
tap tap is this thing on

Ahem.

Sorry for the prolonged silence, but here is a bit of an update.

First of all the silence was because I didn't really have a working PC for a few days and as bad luck would have it this all happened just before a long holiday weekend. So, apologies for that once again.

The good news is that I am up and running again and have taken this opportunity to upgrade to a new PC--I was using a 2017 iMac with the dreaded fusion drive (where the HD part failed, and the SSD part is still operational), so fixing that would have probably not been straightforward. Therefore I just decided to upgrade to a Mac Studio which I was going to do anyway in the near future, so this just brough the whole process a bit forward. So the new machine is now operational, there are a few things I still need to set up but it should not be a problem.

The bad news is that it does seem that the save file will not be recoverable. There is still some minimal hope, but it's very small.

However.

The idea of abandoning this LP really started to bother me eventually. My original post was written shortly after the "incident" and I was kind of in a "everything is poo poo" mood at that point. The thought of having to play from the beginning was just something I couldn't deal with. But when the things calmed down and the new PC was on the way I started thinking more clearly. Yes, having to play from the beginning will still be a massive pain in the rear end. But if instead of pressuring myself, I do it in a more leisurely way then I believe this will work. Especially since I just need to play the game via the shortest path--meaning, no need to talk to all NPCs and such since this is only needed if I am preparing an update which I will not be doing here, of course. The only thing I will ensure is that the characters are about at the same level at the end which should be easy.

So, here is what we are going to do.

I will take a few weeks (I expect about a month should be enough) to get myself back up to where we were and once that is done we will continue from there.

But that's not all! While I'm doing that, I will ALSO play the other game that I hinted at in my previous post. It's a fairly short game with no "lore" or anything like that, and it will also be presented in video format, so overall it will require much less effort than a long-rear end JRPGs you typically find in my LPs. This way you will be able to follow that (if you want) while you wait for updates on Tengai Makyou to resume. I will put that in its own thread, but will announce it here. I will also be posting updates here with how I'm progressing with the re-play just to keep myself on track because otherwise I am prone to procrastination lol. :v:

So, about the other game. Here it is:



It's a 1998 game published by Enix and the title is, as you can see, "Murder on the Eurasian Express". It's basically a bit like "The Last Express", where the player character investigates a murder on a train. The other passengers are part of a school trip (i.e. teachers and students). And there is also a hard time limit since you need to solve it before the train reaches the next stop!

More importantly, the whole game is done in a FMV format with real actors (one of whom, as I mentioned already, is none other than Hideo Kojima somehow). The FMV format means that the game also comes on as much as 4 full discs even though the amount of gameplay wouldn't otheriwise warrant it.

So that's the plan and if everything goes well we should be able to resume Tengai Makyou by early February or so. Hope it sounds good to everyone, and I will announce here in a few days when I'm ready to start with all of this.

Thanks again for your patience! :)

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.

Blaze Dragon posted:

Oh man, we get two games? You're too kind.

Well, you know, it just seemed rude to keep people waiting for a few weeks without anything else going on! :v:

And this is a short and sweet game, perfect to fill the spot until I'm ready to continue with Tengai Makyou!

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.

Commander Keene posted:

Looks like it's going to get a new thread, but will be announced in this one.

Yes, that is more or less the plan!

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.

Randalor posted:

About how long do you estimate it would take you to get caught up to where you were, roughly? I'm just curious what the rough playtime is for what you showed off is.

I guess we were about a quarter into the game. I actually already recorded a further update that I was not able to post due to the HD failure so i will also have to redo that one. Overall, I guess playtime so far is probably around 12-15 hours or so. It's definitely not a short game overall.

So it could have been worse and it's definitely still doable to start over, but I have to do it in smaller chunks in order to keep my sanity lol. :v:

So I think that early February should be relatively easy to achieve for the continuation of this LP. I really should have been better with backing stuff up, but it is what it is now and we'll just have to deal with it.

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.
Hey, so I started working on stuff as promised, and therefore... I made a new thread!

Click on the picture to visit it, if you want to find out what it looks like when a game like "The Last Express" is made in full FMV with real actors and all passengers on the train are Japanese high school students and their teachers!



"Murder on the Eurasia Express"

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.
Hey, me again!

Just wanted to give everyone a quick update on the situation: the game re-play is progressing well, and I am currently about halfway to where I was when I lost the save file. So if it goes on like that we should be able to continue this LP at the beginning of February more or less as planned!

In the meantime, thank you for your patience!

P.S. Yes, I am making sure that I back up the save file properly this time. :v:

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.


Right then, where were we? Oh, yes, we were using (among other things) the mirror of the four waters to collect the four bronze bells. We kind of need those in order to be able to reach the Jungle Castle which has been spreading a "leafy" infestation across the local provinces. In addition to that, we're being... stalked, I guess, by this Kikugorou person, but so far he's been content to just let his "friends" fight us, the latest of whom was one "Princess Serpent". She seems to have bewitched a few of the inhabitants of Kiyohime village, so now that her true nature was revealed, we'll take a look around and see what people say about it!

Quite a number of boss fights (and not so easy ones too) in this episode since, well, I guess Kikugorou just doesn't know when to give up!

So, let's get started as we have quite a lot to cover!




And so, here we are just outside of that house where we defeated Princess Serpent. Let's see what's going on around the village!



Let's start with this person here.

The Root Clan has descended upon Mr. Kouya in the north... We fought hard but were ultimately defeated. At least I survived...

Yes, Mt. Kouya is a place we've already been told about and certainly need to visit soon. Apparely it's pretty cold in its caverns.



There are three people to talk with out here.

They say that beautiful flowers always have thorns... I guess it's the same for beautiful women. There is something dangerous about a beautiful woman, isn't there? I think the men of this village would have been better off to have had their silly heads eaten by Princess Serpent!
The ship you're sailing on looks just like the ship of the pirate god that my grandfather told me about long ago!
To think that that girl was a monster of the Root Clan... You couldn't even tell from her appearance that she's one such horrifying creature!



Over in the hotel, we can also talk to the kid...

Hey, you call a woman like Princess Serpent a "demon woman", right? But you can also call her a "vixen", right? I'm a walking dictionary, you know!

Uh, sure thing kid. I guess we should also rest and recover here, it was a somewhat tougher fight. I really wish the game would let us have a full party of all four characters. But it's going to be a while yet before we get there, unfortunately.

Anyway, at this point we can leave from here. But, where to next? We won't actually go there right now, but I can tell you that if we try going to Mt. Kouya which has just been mentioned, there is an impassable gate there, so that's not going to work. The Jungle Castle is also not accessible. So, then where?

Well, it's been a while, truly, but you might recall that back in Wakayama there was a part which was not accessible, namely the part with the castle. And we know that Kikugorou has occupied said castle. So I say, let's pay him a visit!




So, let's just sail away sail away sail away.



Of course, we have to go back through that cave where we got all the pirate equipment!



We'll head north to Wakayama, as mentioned. It may not be entirely obvious based on the layout of the map here, but...



...you can actually enter here with your ship! And in fact you need to, because...



...we need to knock on a certain door! We're not heading into the castle just yet. First...



...we head over this way.



There's a staircase! Unfortunately...



...after a bit of a walk...



...it just leads to a dead end. But one that reveals us other parts to this underground bit. So we'll be on the lookout for more stairs going down!



If we go a bit further in and dock our ship here, just outside of the wall where the first staircase was...



...we can find another one!



It least to two chests! The first one contains just a healing potion which we really do not have space in our inventory at all, being as it is that we're carrying a whole bunch of plot related items which are taking up our limited number of slots.

The other on though has the shrimp shell armour, which we'll equip on Manjimaru this time.

With that done...




let's park up and head into the castle finally!



I'm actually posting some of the music again since I found a better version. I mean it's still going to be mostly "midi" type music (except for the few "important" tracks), but this is now from the remake so it sounds a bit better. So even if the song name sounds familiar I recommend to check it out as it will be a slightly better sounding version this time!



Let's see. First thing is, we can check out the statues (of Kikugorou, of course!).

It's a bronze statue of Kikugorou... of course, its legs are longer than those of the actual person.



Over here in the northeast corner, we find a bunch of clothes drawers. Let's look inside.



This is, of course, a piece of equipment, but in can only be worn by one person. You don't have to guess that we're talking about Kabuki here.



This item is, OF COURSE, a headpiece and in fact it does give to Kabuki +1 in defence compared to his previous helmet! So why not?

There is actually another item here, in one of the other drawers.


Manjimaru found Clothes in Bad Taste.

Certainly this is also an item of clothes that you can put on, but it's probably better that you don't. As it turns out, this is our first encounter with a cursed piece of equipment. So this means the following: first, once you put it on, you cannot take it off until you rest at the inn. And second, in addition to it's normal defensive power, it also has some kind of a negative effect. For example, one of the effect that can appear is to double the MP cost of all spells. So in the end, they are more annoying than dangerous, so you just want to have a think whether then negative effect is worth it for the increase in defence/attack. For me generally the answer is no, so I won't be using these for the most part.

Anyway, let's continue.

Unfortunately, there are random encounters here.




Continuing with the theme of monsters having various fruit for heads, here now is the watermelon. This creature is called simply "the summer giant" though. It's not super strong, so we deal with it easily.



Continuing on...



...on the other side of the floor are two staircases. Heading down...



...takes us to the third and final of these underground bits. This one is also a dead end like the first.



We do encounter some new enemies. What would a game be without some Chtulhu-style tentacle things.



Backing out of here, now we'll take the staricase going up.





There's something written on the wall there... Let's have a look.



Wait, that's not how you spell--



But the trapdoor just puts us back to the lower floor where we came from, so it's not like it actually does anything really!



But at least we can check out that painting on the wall there.

A portrait of Kikugorou... with a smirk and a mocking smile.



Anyway, we'll return upstairs to another set of clothes drawers. But it's just another set of two items we found previously. So I guess we'll just sell them or something when we get out of the castle.



Heading across this bridge...



...there seems to be a prisoner of some kind here. Let's see what he says.

Kikugorou can't do anything unless he shows it to someone or someone hears about it... he's just that kind of personality. The thought of another night coming is filling me with dread!

I don't even want to ask what happens at night.

But, anyway, to continue, we'll take the staircase up.




It leads to more prisoners (and two chests also)!

Ugh... Nights are scary... If it continues like this, my body will break.
He's an animal...
My name is Sakura! I am not "Number Eight"!
Quick, please help us! Two more people have already died!
I don't know who you are, but please help us!
Kikugorou, it seems he doesn't consider us human... He refers to us by numbers, not by our names!

What in the world is this guy even doing to people? But no matter, we'll sort him out soon. In the meantime, let's continue back again to the other side over the bridge on the left.

But before that, the two chests. One contains, for some reason, yet another pair of floral underpants. The other chest contains a blonde wig. This last one is actually a piece of equipment you can wear, but it's probably better not because it's another cursed piece! Unfortunately, its effect is to completely block the character who is wearing it from being able to use spells. So, uh, no, we won't be equipping this (even though it's better than what Manjimaru is currently wearing). But, for example, we will later have a character in our party who is very slow to gain any MP. So for such a character a piece of equipment like this would be fine, as he can't use spells anyway. For us right now, spells are absolutely critical and our main way of dealing with bosses, so we'll have to pass.

In any case, crossing back over the bridge...




...we find Kikugorou plonking on the piano keys.



But, soon he runs off to that plate on the floor.



Looks like it's a teleporter! But before following him, let's check what is written on the wall there.

MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN
 3   6   2   8  4,7  9


(Some kind of a schedule...?)

Well, I think we know what kind, so... let's just follow him and step on the teleporter.



On the way there, we can check the bookshelves, but...

Some rather difficult books... but it doesn't look like they've ever been opened?

Anyway, stepping on the teleporter...



...we're suddenly on the roof! What is even going on!

What is going on is another lengthy (and hilarious) confrontation between Kabuki and Kikugorou! So, let's watch!




Well, ok then. And so after the battle...



Nice. Also, we found the use for that Seal of Transformation item we got from the ninjas. It's a good thing that it shatters, since that way the game ensures you will definitely have the space in the inventory for the new item, i.e. the key.

In any case, we can now make our way back out of the castle. Along the way, we'll talk to a few people.




Like this guy, looking at the schedule.

As expected, Kikugorou takes the Sunday off... But then Friday is 4 and 7...
Huh? The schedule? No, it would be impolite of me to explain. This table, or its meaning has nothing to do with you, Master Manjimaru. Now, more than ever, you should focus on peace in Jipang and the overthrow of the Root Clan!



And some of the freed prisoners...

As expected the other women have given their resignations to the lord...
It's strange, the two who died in prison were No. 1 and No. 5, Satsuki and Fumi. But there was no one with number 3 in this prison...

Yeah, because it was the guy who was alone in the prison on the floor below.



Yeah, this guy here.

There is nothing more to be scared of in the world for me!



Not quite sure where this person came from, but...

What do you think of this bronze statue? I think it's a bad idea to have a statue of you made while you're still alive...



I'm not sure if I should tell you or not, but... there's a treasure chest in the basement. From the town entrance, turn right and go all the way to the back of the castle. You'll find a staircase there. Well, I guess I did tell you...

Thanks, but we've found it already by ourselves! That item is pretty good, so it's definitely worth getting it.



And one last person on the way out...

I mean, what is up with this wall colour. I've never seen such bad taste! Ah! It's making me dizzy looking at it...

Now we should head over to Mt. Kouya, in hopes that we can find the final bronze bell there. But before that, let's stop by the weapon shop here since we have a decent chunk of money on us.



We'll pick up two turtle-shell armours for both our characters! It's 4,200 ryo each, but as you can see we have 9211 ryo, just enough money for two!



For Manjimaru, this will be +7 in defence compared to his previous equipment for a total of 45



And for Kabuki it's only +3, but I have come to conclusion that there is some kind of "exponential" factor in damage vs. defence formula in this game, because sometimes just a couple of extra points will reduce the damage a lot from certain enemies. So it's always worth it, honestly.

Anyway, I'll go and rest at the inn, and then we'll be on our way.




We're sailing along the coast, northwards from Wakayama.



We'll, park here, because...



...there's another Tengu's hut!



So is this what the people in Ihika have been fussing about? I know, I can't stand it. We've been at peace for a thousand years, and now this thing with the Root Clan is going on again...
poo poo, can't they give us a break for once? A lot of innocent people will die! You from the Fire Clan, can you do something about it? I'm sorry to ask this of you every time, but you're the only ones we can rely on...
Here, I'll give you my scroll. It's a scroll of "winter wilt". It's quite a "bitter" trick!

Manjimaru obtained the "winter wilt" scroll.

The winter wilt (冬枯) spell has an effect which is sort of predictable from its name: it reduces enemy defence stat by a certain amount.

With this done...




...we'll park our boat at Wakayama and head east.



Across a small bridge, and here we are at the entrance of the icy mountain cave.



Welcome to Mt. Kouya. It's not a very nice place to be, unfortunately. It's icy and cold and enemies here hit pretty hard. It also has a slightly annoying gimick that we'll have to deal with.

First of all, though, our way is blocked by the gate. For this, of course, we simply use the key we got from Kikugorou and then we can pass.




Literally after making one step through the gate, we're assaulted by a new enemy!



Compared to some enemies here, they're not too bad really. But, let's see what we have here in the cave.



So, you might notice already ice on the ground in some parts. This is not just visual; stepping on ice will cause you to slide forward until the next obstacle (e.g. a wall). As we'll see shortly, this makes it a bit annoying to reach some staircases etc. Of course while sliding you're still subject to random encounters, so yay! Luckily this cave is not very big, so we'll be in and out pretty quickly.



The ice situation is pretty bad in some areas...



But anyway, we're heading up this staircase.



These two chests over there can be pretty painful to get to because of sliding on ice problem... You can probably not bother about them as they contain a piece of equipment a fair bit worse than what we already have and a consumable which removes status effects.

Anyway, our goal is...




...this staircase, leading up to the next floor. It, too, is a bit hard to reach.

But after climbing up...




...we find that Kikugorou has brought a friend, again! So, let's see.



Aren't his horns just too sexy?
Attack, Kakutarou-kun! Oh, this is so exciting to watch!



Ok, so his next fiend is a bull? Sure.

Anyway, this is the first of several boss fights today, and we are at a point where these enemies have kind of strong physical defence, therefore our regular physical attacks are not super-viable to be used. So, we'll have to get a bit "tricksy" here (and for the next couple too). Note also the the boss HP is definitely starting to go up noticeably.

As for the tricks, well it's a bit interesting I guess. We are going to be relying quite a bit on using regular weapons and (non-consumable) items in battle, in fact.

So our first trick is... did you know that you can use that "Mirror of the Four Waters" in battle as item and that it's like insanely useful? When used in battle, it will cause that half of the damage you take will be reflected back to the enemy. So if you take for example 30 HP damage, the enemy will also get damaged for 15 HP. To be clear, you still take full damage, but enemy gets damaged also for half of it. This lasts a few turns, so you will have to re-apply it every once in a while, but at least it seems to have a 100% hit rate! The one problem with this is that the effect is valid only for the party member who uses the item; however this we can also solve--Kabuki has a "technique" called "Swear Words", which angers the enemy and directs all attacks to him for a few turns. So with these two combined, we already have a good start--unfortunately Manjimaru will have to be again a bit on support duty, so he can heal and try to apply an additional debuff if possible. Otherwise, he can attack with a spell or whatever. The "trick" part unfortunately has to be done all by Kabuki alone.

As for the attacks from the boss, nothing of too much note. He just has a regular phyiscal attack and also another variation where he trades blows with a party member for a couple of times. When trading blows, each hit is separately subject to reflect, so that's not too bad either. The boss hits us for about 20 damage a hit, so that's within the manageable territory still.




Anyway, after defeating the boss, the way forward is free once again!



Our next goal is this staircase here, if I can figure out how to maneuver to it!



Ah, there we go.



And finally we reach another one of those weird statues, and there is also what seems like the final bell encased in ice right here! Using the mirror on the statue...



...causes a laser beam, which melts the ice!



So we can pick up the fourth and final bell!

By the way, that staircase to the left leads to small extra area.




It has two chests. One contains a piece of equipment: "Tantric Helm", which has an interesting property that wearing it reduces spell cost by 1/3. But it has a super low defence, so it's not a fantastic trade-off. Especially when there are ways of casting at least some spells without using any MP at all (by using various weapons as items in battle). So I'm going to just sell this so it doesn't take up space. The other chest, comically, has a MP recovery item. So, uh, choice, I guess?

Anyway, now we can use a return stone to leave this place!




All right then, so what now? Again, it's been a long time, but we should remember where it was that we were first told about the four bronze bells. In fact, that was in Nara, back north in Ise province! So let's head that way!



After passing through Owase border village, let's head straight to Nara!



Here we are! So this time, we'll head to the building on the east side of the town.





Upon entering, there seems to be a mechanism, surrounded by four numbered stands 1-4.



A bit further up, there is a large hatch which seems like it would be possible to open...

So I think it's pretty clear what to do. We have four bronze bells, so we'll just position them on four numbered stands. Funnily, it's the bells are also four distinct items, numbered from 1 to 4, so each bell needs to go on the correct stand. This is "complicated" slightly by the game using the "fancy" kanji for numbers
(壱, 弐, 参) instead of the "common" ones (一, 二, 三) for numbers 1, 2 and 3. But nothing we can't deal with, really.



Here we go, and most importantly our item inventory space can finally breathe a bit of a sigh of relief!

Oh, you want to know what happens when we position the bells correctly?

Here you go, watch the cutscene:






Awesome. Or new mode of transportation is a giant robot--finally we get to see it for real after hearing about it previously.



Of course it has a separate map music!

But anyway, this allows us to traverse the map much more easily as it can step over anything except the mountains. You also don't have random battles while you're inside; actually the battles get triggered, but then end immediately with a note that the giant stepped on the enemies. You do not, however, get the exp, unfortunately.

So, there's only one destination left, which is the Jungle Castle itself, so let's head that way.




We could not pass these areas on foot because of the overgrowth, but now, maneuvering a giant robot, of course we can!

By the way, here is a full map of the Ise province, so you can get an idea of what's going on here:




The castle is located on that huge island in the middle.



And here we are, the Jungle Castle. Looks just like a tree.




[JUNGLE CASTLE]



But of course, there is a welcoming committee... we shouldn't be surprised at this point.



Since you've travelled all this way, I will tell you briefly about this castle.
Actually, it's alive! The walls, the floors, they breathe, just like you do! Well, you'll understand when you see it, don't worry.
And Kikugorou was also very excited because there was something he wanted to show you! I'm sure you want to meet him again!

Ugh, does he have another friend? Sure, bring it on.

Also, that whole story about the castle being alive just means that there are holes that pulsate in a breathing rhytm. So you have to be careful not to fall into one. Certainly, this is an easier gimmick that sliding around on ice! Since most of this dungeon looks a bit samey I'm going to skip the boring bits.

Either way, the tree stooges leave so we're free to proceed.




I guess we'll start by going to the north side!



As expected, there are some new enemies here and they are fairly tough, so you should try to conserve the resources a bit if you can.



As you can see, they can silence our magic, which is not super fantastic.



It's all very organic looking...



There are still more new enemies here, at least this one is relatively weak.



No, I don't have an explanation for the name.



Up we go!



And here we can see an example of a hole, it rhytmically opens and closes within its radius. So really pretty easy to avoid (or walk across when it's closed).



Even more up! Like most dungeons in this game, it forces you to go up and down to navigate around closed off sections until you finally get to the goal.



Going upwards, the enemies seem to get even harder, like this one. Love the name!



It's definitely on the tougher side and can even do about 20 HP of damage to us per hit easily on our current level! Manjimaru's total HP is like 120 or thereabouts!



Obviously, what goes up must come down, so now we go back down into a different part of the maze.



Careful here navigating around the hole, though.



Sure, why not. There are three of them, but luckily this is one of the weakest enemies here.





Up down up down, so now we go back up! I also passed by a chest containing another useless "clothes in bad taste" item.



After coming up...



Of course, more new enemies! Pretty nasty, this one: high defence and also will repeatedly cast a spell to lower your speed (mud worm, the same one we have!). They do however give 20 EXP each, which is a decent chunk at this point in the game.





Three chests, but in a typical fashion for this game, only one has an item. It is, however, the MP recovery item, which we'll definitely make use of immediately!



After another up and down journey, we reach this chest. It contains the standard return stone item which every dungeon seems to give us. It's nice, I like it.



This one is not so nice, though, especially as a duo because of their high agility stat. One of these can reach even 30 HP damage per hit to us, so when you get two like this, you can only be thankful that you're playing this on an emulator and save states are a thing. That's all I can say about this.



Oh, yeah about that name. Honestly I have not been able to figure out what it means--as you can see it's simply written phonetically in katakana so there are no kanji to help with the meaning. If somebody has an idea, let me know please.

A bit later...



Oh, hey, it's Kikugorou again. And he's brought a friend... again. How long can this actually keep going like this?



Black Ebizou! Please go ahead!
I'm so excited!

It's interesting that all Kikugorou boss friends just have actual names (well other than the serpent lady) and not some kind of typical boss name.



They are getting stronger and stronger, but this is the last one at least.

He does about 20-23 HP damage per hit normally and doesn't really have particular special attacks, just a phyiscal hit under two different names, but the damage is similar.




Of course, we'll use the mirror/swearwords trick for some "passive" damage dealing. But that's going to be about 10-12 HP reflected damage per turn which is not really that great considering that he has 300 HP to start with. Our regular hits deal only a few HP, so that's not good either.

So, what to do, then? Well, it's time for our second trick for today. Luckily in one of the previous episodes I bought two mysterious swords called "Winter Wind" for our characters to use. You might recall I even had to do a money trick to even be able to afford them at the time since they cost 4400 ryo a piece! And while right now we are unable to deal much physical damage, as it turns out, this sword when used as an item in battle can cast quite a powerful wind elemental spell, "autumn typhoon"
(野分). We don't even have that spell yet as a spell (although we'll probably get it next time), but nevertheless we can cast it with this sword. It deals 35-40 HP damage in one hit. So that's pretty nice and will allow us to finish this battle more easily. Not "easy" but at least a bit more "easily".

Of course, as with all his "friends", here too you have to contend with Kikugorou coming to heal them in the final part of the battle, but... whatever.






As before, the way forward is now free! So let's head upstairs again. We're almost at the end of this dungeon, don't worry!



And once more. That chest there contains just enemies to fight, by the way.



Finally we reach some kind of a destination, but what is going on here? Looks like there is a some kind of a show about to start? Let's ask one of the members of the audience!

Make sure to clap, so you don't get killed!

Oh. I see.

But before we can do anything else, the show starts!




Well that was... I have no idea what that was.

Although I will say this... the voice acting for Kikugorou is just so good. The actor is Chiba Shigeru, whom you may know perhaps as Sasuke in Ranma ½ and many many MANY other shows.

Either way, we have a boss fight in front of us (quite a few of those today, huh?). This one even has its own special and very awesome music! So please give it a listen.






It seems every next boss has about 100 HP more than the last lately... But don't worry, boss HP will soon be going into thousands, like in any "normal" JRPG.

The good news is that this battle is about on the same level of difficulty as the last. Which means we'll be using about the same strategy with damage reflection and also our "mysterious" sword to cast the wind spell, as that's pretty much the strongest attack we have and still deals damage in mid-30s HP. Applying "mud worm" is nice if possible, but don't waste too many turns on it if it won't hit.




As for his attacks, well, the damage output is definitely going up as you can see above, so that's definitely something to be careful about. Luckily thanks to our sword, we can dedicate our entire MP to healing. But we only have one healing spell, so probably best to give it to the party member with bigger MP (in our case that would be Kabuki) since since we don't really need MP for anything else here. Also check out his little helper!



Of course, the more damage, also the more reflected damage, which is certainly one way to turn this around to your advantage.



And yeah, there's also poison here, but as we already know, poison is such a minor thing in this game that it's not really even worth talking about. Just tank it.

And that's about it. It's just going take a couple of minutes, but there should really not be too much trouble with this.






And with that...



...he runs off through a secret door. Well, you didn't think it was going to be this easy, did you?

Well, let's get ourselves healed up and such and then we'll follow behind him.






There you are. Now hold still...



This doesn't look good...



The "door" closes behind us... Uh-oh.



And then it seems, somehow Kikugorou just fuses with the whole tree thing?



...this place will be your grave.
You still don't get it, do you? You fell for my trick to be lured in here... right into my belly!
And now the second act beings, titled... "The Death of the Worm"!

Oh, I guess the worm is us, huh?



He's gone totally mad (well, more than before anyway). This time we get the standard big boss music!

Our strategy however remains mostly the same. The things which are different is that we definitely deal less damage (and he's become much harder to hit). Also, his damage to us has gotten up to low-40s HP per hit which is pretty nasty, so keeping on top of healing will be important. Coincidentally, the attack is called "bad breath" (well, he has no arms any more, right?).

The other thing he can do is, emit sticky tree sap which has the same effect as "mud worm" spell, i.e. lowers your speed.

And finally he can "lick his wound with his black tongue", which is still the same heal ability that was present in all fights with this guy and/or his friends. Unfortunately, there is no special animation for it.

So in the end this is more of a battle of attrition than anything else.


And finally...



The ugliness spreads in the world... and in the meantime the life of a beautiful person like me is cut short...
For the glory of the Root Clan!



Finally. That really took some doing.

(Yes, Kabuki got knocked out there at the end, but I managed to finish it anyway.)




The next holy sword is ours for the taking! Make sure to free up space in your weapons inventory for it!

As Manjimaru takes it, he hears the message of another ghost of the former Fire Braves from one thousand years ago!




Now I will give you the Black Feather sword, of my own making!
When used, Black Feather technique consumes a lot of your strength, so you can't move for a white; but it inflicts a lot of damage to the enemy!
Now it's time to get going! Use this holy sword to cut down and get rid of the dark orchid!

You might recall that Manjimaru gains a new sword technique each time he finds a new holy sword. Such is the case this time, too. As already explained by Crow, this technique (Black Feather) allows you to deal 2-2.5 x normal damage in one hit, but you will after be incapacitated for 1-2 turns. So it's a thing where if you get lucky it's great, but not so much if you don't.



And finally, as always, Manjimaru does his sword swirl!

There isn't anything more to be found in the castle, so we're free to use the return stone for a quick exit.




Outside, the Jugle Castle fades into nothingness...



...and this part of the world is restored to its normal condition!

Well then, let's stop here for now. Next time we'll deal with the orchid and see how a few of the people feel about it. And then, our next destination is Kyoto, the capital of Jipang!

(Don't worry we WILL check on that mother and son who were turned into trees!)

Also... uh, welcome back everyone! Hopefully the delay was not too annoying, but now we're back and hopefully no more unexpected incidents to the end!

Take care and see you next time!


ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.

Tallgeese posted:

I thought maybe it was the piano, which was played so badly it killed two women. And it's just played up to sound way worse than it is.

...not that bad piano playing can't be horrible, of course.

Well the game doesn't really say it directly, only that he somehow makes the prisoners suffer--so you can choose how dark you want to go with it. And the schedule is just which prisoner he does it with on which day, so I don't think there's really a particular joke there.

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.


All right, so. Last time Manjimaru and Kabuki have braved an icy mountain and a tree castle, but in the end prevailed and obtained the second holy sword! It's time to go and deal with the second orchid, then! We have quite a LOT to cover today, so I suggest to get comfortable as it will take us a while !



Although the whole forest situation has withdrawn, we are still on an island without a boat (I guess we left it in Wakayama!), so we're going to have to use our giant robot to get over to the mainland.



But we don't need to go far, as the island is right next to the temple where the orchid is.



Let's not forget about the annoying teleportation plates on the ground. Ugh, I hate these. And there are of course still radom encounters here to make things more fun! Nevertheless, since this is a shrine, there are a few monks here to talk to before we deal with the orchid.



If you plan on going through here, let me tell you something. In this Ise head shrine, several barriers are set up to protect it from unscrupulous fellows. If you step on a barrier, you'll jump to another barrier, so just be careful about that.

Well, I guess we figured it out on our own already.



Somehow, there is still here one enemy which we didn't previously encounter!



Just don't ask me to explain the name. But either way they pose no threat at this point--although they do have the ability to seal our magic, they'll be dead before they even get to cast it!

Anyway, as I was saying, there are two more monks around here, but since their buildings are all identical, I'll just post here their comments.


Ah, you're different. What's your name? Manjimaru? I see light between your eyes--you will in the future change the world all by yourself!
You did well to come all the way here! This head shrine is done for, but we'll die here as its servants.



Eventually, with some difficulty, we make our way to the orchid! This one with, officially, cyan coloured petals! And then...



...Manjimaru deals with it, as expected.



And like before, it's finally gone. This means there is still five of them remaining all around Jipang. Did I mention that this game is huge?



Anyway, we can go and talk to the three monks again, now that the orchid is gone!

We have to create a stronger barrier to keep the Root Clan away, so I plan to train even more!
I will be praying from here for you to achieve your goals!
The Ise head shrine is saved! May gods give you blessing!

So, nothing really too dramatic here.

But I know what everyone wants me to do! We need to go and check on that mother and son who were turned into trees!




They are located here, in Akame village. Well, at least from the outside, it looks pretty good, so let's go in.



Yeah, things are looking back to normal here, and even our two friends are right there waiting for us!

Thanks to you Manjimaru-san, we were able to return to our original form! Thank you very much! I will do the best I can from now on in my life, with my son. If I get discouraged, I will remember Manjimaru-san and still keep doing my best!

And the son:

I'll grow up quickly and take care of my mother in my late father's place and make this village a splendid one!

Well, all right, looks like they're going to be fine.

This almost concludes our business related to the second orchid, but there's just one little thing...

If we head back down south to Kii province...




...and head a bit north from Kushimoto vilage on the coast...



...after following a narrow valley between the mountains, we reach another Tengu's cabin! This one was not reachable before, because of the roots.



Let's see...

Fire Clan! Welcome!
Immediately, I will give you the scroll "backwash"! When marching into an enemy's lair, don't forget this convenient escape scroll!
Although... the Fire Clan used it so much thousand years ago, so that the Root Clan had to come up with counter-measures. So be careful, there are caves where it will not work.

Manjimaru obtained the "backwash" scroll!

As it turns out, this "backwash" (引波) scroll has simply the same effect as the return stone item, i.e. it lets you teleport out of a dungeon. So the only point of it is really to save the inventory slot that the item would otherwise take--the spells inventory space is much more generously sized than the item inventory space!

Anyway, this is about it for the second orchid situation--there is a bit additional dialogue to be found from some of the people after getting rid of the orchit, but it's mostly then thanking you and/or hinting where to go next. But truly, as far as a world traversal goes on a high level scale in this game, there's really only one place we CAN go to in the first place.

So, as our "road trip" adventure continues, here is the map of our travels so far:



(Click on the map to embiggen.)

As is visible from the map, our next major destination is none other than the capital of Jipang, Kyoto!

In order to do that...




...we'll go to the location of Iga, the village of ninjas, and head north from there!



Soon we reach one of those typical "border crossing" villages!



This one is called Yamashiro (山城), or in English, "Mountain Castle". Since we're now in a "gathering information" phase for the third orchid, we'll make a short stop here to see what everyone has to say! For example, there is a bunch of people visible here, so let's start!

Ah, y'all cam from Ise... so the roots which were blocking the border are gone, huh. I guess that's a good thing!
Jipang's capital, Kyoto, is in this province. It's a bustling town with many temples and shops!
Eh? Did you want to buy some equipment? Sorry, but we're unfortunately out of stock at the moment. I'm on my way to Kyoto to buy some. After all, there are plenty of item and equimpent shops there, so I won't have any trouble restocking!

It's true, as the country's capital, Kyoto is a far bigger and a more varied place than what we've been used to for now, so much so that it's divided into different districts on the map! But we'll check that out in a moment, for now let's talk to the other people visible on this screenshot, such as the elderly lady standing by the house.

Kyoto is a place protected by many gods and Buddha, a "land forbidden for monsters", if you will. So a dark orchid and the like will never be able to enter.

Yeah, this is not true. We'll find monsters in Kyoto already today.

I should also mention that many people here speak with a slight Kansai dialect in their word choices and phrasing, but being in and around Kyoto, that's only to be expected!




Let's move on and talk to this kid sitting by the pond!

I saw an odd foreigner guy in Kyoto! He had a shabby appearance, and kept saying "Give me food!", so I gave him some dried plums and he started making a big fuss about it as he bit into them!

So, uh, we're going to have a bit of translation nightmare with this character (the foreigner, I mean). We'll be meeting him a bit later today with a proper cutscene so it will be more obvious what the problem is, but for now just take note of the fact that the text written in a different font (like above) indicates a character speaking in English!



Let's also head into this house and talk to a brother and sister:

Shops in Kyoto change their offerings, depending on the season of the year! I really want a spring kimono, so I hope the spring comes soon!

I'm sorry, you HOPE the spring comes soon? Doesn't it always come around the same time of the year? But, yes, this is indeed a game mechanic, although it mostly applies to Kyoto and not so much to the rest of the world. We'll see ove time how it works--for now, most of the goods in Kyoto will prove outside of our price range anyway!

Let's talk to the brother now:


My sister only cares about fashion! I guess girls her age are innocent and cute...



If we go to the shop next door, we can talk to another one of those travelling salesmen people:

When you buy things, be careful about the prices. If you're unsure, it's best to make note of it before deciding to buy something.

Yeah, if you're shopping in Kyoto, this is a good idea. In shops there, the prices can vary for up to double of the base price. For example, while recording the video of this part, I saw a weapon we paid around 4000 ryo for (our trusty spell sword) selling for around 8000 ryo! So you do need to be careful here, or at least consult a guide!



Another house with a bunch of people!

There is a peculiar-looking group of five merchants in Kyoto... they call themselves "Brothers something or other"...
If you are going to Kyoto, leave this village and go west... and then north... oh bother, it's difficult to explain. Just open the map and head for the big thing.
In the provinces around Kyoto, the Root Clan has been rampaging and it's been a total disaster. But here in Kyoto, there are no dark orchids here and the Root Clan doesn't appear too much. It's all thanks to the blessing of the temple in Kyoto! I'm so glad I live here!

Well, we'll see about that, but it does seems that there is something a bit different here.



And one last bit with this elderly person here...

It's almost time for the lottery tickets to start selling in Kyoto! I want to go and buy one, too. I've been trying for a win for 60 years already, but this year I'm going to go into it with all my heart! Kyaaaaaaaaaah!



And finally, this house here where there is a whole bunch of people!

Hello small boy! It seems there is a foreigner visiting Kyoto... I also want to meet him so I've been studying conversational English!
People in Kyoto seem to be relieved that there are no dark orchids in this province... but they are making a big mistake. The Root Clan is rapidly expanding their influence in provinces surrounding Kyoto. For example, I heard that in Omi, north of Kyoto, something important has happened on Lake Biwa, the largest lake in Jipang. You never know when the Root Clan will finally decide to invade Kyoto.
The Kyoto area is surrounded by dark orchid roots, so the number of worshippers coming here has decreased. But now with the opening of the border towards Ise province, the traffic should increase again!

Yeah the situation here is clearly a bit precarious, but we'll see how it develops. For now though, we'll leave this place and head straight to Kyoto!

As we leave the village, the game gives us again a glimpse of what's happening with the three sages!




Reporting to Master Yomi!
Manjimaru and his group have been able to defeat Kikugorou in Ise and to cut down the dark orchid!
But please remain at ease! Even if they come to Kyoto, they won't be able to do anything. All the roads from Kyoto to surrounding provinces are blocked by the roots of dark orchids. We're also working on blocking Lake Biwa, the main waterway!
I can already see Manjimaru's anxious face! Hahahahahahahahaha!

To clarify: before we talked about biwa in the sense of a musical instrument, but there is also an actual lake in Japan with that name, located north of Kyoto.

Also there is an interesting situation here... if there's no dark orchids in Kyoto, but also all roads out of it are blocked (except the one which we came through), then, uh, how will we leave this part of the world?

Anyway, back to our travels...




...as mentioned, we'll start by heading west. Of course...



...there are more new enemies to be found here. These are still not too bad and die in two regular hits basically.





Cool bit here on the way, where you can see a cave that is not accessible because of Orchid roots! I guess we'll have to come back there later.



Anyway, more new enemies here! I mean it's certainly a party--it even has party hats and everything, so...

This one is a little harder, though, and probably would be a bit of a problem if two or three appeared at the same time. Any by this I mean we would have to use our spell sword!






From this point, we'll head in the north direction.



And after a short while, we finally reach Kyoto. That place looks rather big actually, but let's head inside.



Now we can get a better look. It's actually divided into five "disticts": commercial (bottom left), residential (bottom right), temple (upper left), slums (upper right), and the imperial palace (top). Originally there was supposed to be also a red light/entertainment district (Gion), but that was cut from the game in early stages. So let's start with the commercial district.



That looks kinda nicer than the towns we've been seeing so far! Well, let's talk to this lady here.

There are shops here for everything from daily necessities to weapons. So if it's shoping you want, you need to come here. To protect our products from thieves, we have these dogs roaming about. But don't worry, they won't attack the customers!



If we approach this gentlement here...

Ah, the Ashimotos are wonderful! The strength of their business spirit! Their unshakable belief that money is the meaning to everything! Their drive to cheat and make a profit! As a merchant, there are many things I can learn from them!

But just as he says that...



...five guys spill out of that house!

Let's see what happens!






And with that, they leave.

However, a word of explanation... As it turns out, these are returning characters from the first game, where they were giving some trouble to Ziria, the main character of that game (who was mentioned in the cutscene)!

Here is a screenshot from the first game, showing one of the brothers in that version:




All right, anyway, as mentioned, we'll probably meet up with them again somewhere down the line.

So let's talk to the other gentleman there, standing by the bridge.


Have you already met the Ashimoto brothers?
[ Yes. ] / No.
They are so rich! They are just ridiculously wealthy! Just now, they were buying expensive items that only the wealthiest in Kyoto can afford! They said they were going to Echizen province to sell the goods, but I think they are making money with their shady business deals...

Anyway...



...we have more people to talk to around here, like these two here.

Have you looked in all the shops? You could get lost with so much choice, couldn't you? But if you think that's all they have to offer, then you don't know Kyoto. The shops here change their stock seasonally, so make sure to check often!
Welcome, travellers! Would you like to buy a new sword? This shop here is selling the finest quality products! Please come in!

(We're actually standing outside of a weapon/armour shop (武). And we'll check this out later, but I think we're too poor to afford anything really.



For now, we'll just talk to this guy here.

Hello, and welcome! Welcome! This here is the mercantile exchange! You can make money on fluctuating prices of things like rice and wheat! But you can lose money, too. Hey brother, how about fulfilling your dreams?

This, actually, is not just talk. You can indeed trade in items like rice and wheat and to profit from changing prices. We'll check that out a bit later on, but for now, let me mention this. Based on inclusion of these kinds of interesting "real world"-like mechanics in a JRPG, you can probably tell that the person who later designed the game Linda³ had a big part in designing this one, too (Masuda Shoji). He just expanded on this kind of idea in the latter game.



Let's head across the bridge to the other side, then.



First, let's talk to these girls here... Actually they both have the same dialogue, so it doesn't matter which one you talk to.

Ah! You are Master Manjimaru and Master Kabuki that everyone has been hearing about, right? I am Mimi and her name is Miyo! Of course we are super big fans of Fire Braves!
We've been thinking a lot about making you remember our names, so... we decided to buy the lottery tickets with numbers that correspond to our names!
For Mimi, it's the ticket with number 33 on it and for Miyo, of course, the ticket with number 34! We'll give each of the two of you one of them!
Take them and think of us and make sure to bring them here on New Year's day when the winning numbers will be announced!

Manjimaru received the lottery ticket with number 33!

Kabuki received the lottery ticket with number 34!

So it's ticket number 33 for Mimi and ticket number 34 for Miyo! Don't forget us! ❤️❤️

Ok, sure, we'll have to make sure we come back for new year's day here to see what happens.

I should explain the thing with their names. In Japanese, there are two numbering systems, the native Japanese system and the other system which is imported from Chinese. For all practical purposes in most cases the Japanese system only goes up to 10 and is used mostly for counting the number of things in some cases, where the Chinese system is used for pretty much everything else. So here the point is that in the Japanese system, the words for counting 3 and 4 "things" begin respectively with "mi" and "yo" (e.g. "mittsu" for "three things" and "yottsu" for "four things"). Based on this, you get 33 = mimi and 34=miyo.


In the meantime, let's continue exploring! Let's just head into that house they're standing in front.



There are a few people here...

What on earth should I bring to Omiru-san so that she would show me her face? Probably the best would be a three-stranded ring... but my budget is only 100,000 ryo, so that's not enough to buy it...
Manjimaru-san, since you're fighting for Jipang, I think I should give you a piece of advice... You shouldn't but things from this store and give them to a woman called Omiru. We're just a shop for perverts--buying stuff for that woman will do you no good, so please definitely don't come back here again.

And finally the last person, who is acually the merchant here.

If you're talking about our store's products, even the most stubborn woman will love them! You should try it!

Hm, well, ok, let's have a look, why not?



Well, certainly most of it seems to be out of our price range, too. We do seem to have stumbled upon a sidequest of some kind, so let's get ourselves at least informed about what they are selling. So, here goes.

1. "Passionate Flower Bouquet" for 2000 ryo: not much to be said here, it's just a flower bouquet.
2. "Open Heart Necklace" for 7500 ryo: a joke on the Tiffany open heart necklace.
3. "Perfume No. 18" for 15,000 ryo: a joke on the Chanel No. 18 perfume.
4. The "Harness" scarf 30,000 ryo: of course, a joke on the Hermčs brand. It's even funnier in Japanese as it uses just the normal Japanese word for "harness"
(馬具) which is not pronounced similar to "Hermčs", so you have to get it back to English to figure out the joke!
5. The "
へく Brand Purse" for 60,000 ryo: The hiragana へく is "he-ku", but actually they're meant to be a parody of LV (Louis Vuitton) logo if you rotate them around.
6. A "Three-stranded Ring" for 120,000 ryo: This is a reference to Cartier "trinity rings".

So I was talking a bit earlier about some similarities in writing style/game mechanics with the writer's other game, Linda³, but now it's even more obvious as this kind of stuff could easily have been in that game too without feeling out of place.

Anyway, we'll deal with this sidequest in due time, but for now I will just mention that the whole thing is a bit more evil than it seems, since there is also a secret seventh item that you can't get here in the shop and... things get a bit complicated there.


All right, that was a bit of a longer detour, so let's get back to exploring for now.



We'll head into this shrine next.



Recently, things seem a bit suspicious at the Imperial Palace... Well, I guess it's normal to be suspicious of places where government activity is conducted...
Oh god, even today I only got a bamboo skewer. Please, by the power of god, just give me the golden skewer already!

What on earth is he talking about? We'll find out in just a few moments for ourselves!



But first, a few more people standing in the streets, starting with this person directly in front of us!

Perfume... Kimono... Ring... Oh, what should I buy? There are so many wonderful items on sale here in Kyoto, it's difficult to choose! But... I'm the happiest when I'm lost, so...
Maybe it's because of the dark orchids, but these days in Kyoto there are less people so the shopping is not so stressful any more. I guess there are some benefits to Root Clan being around, too. Oh, god, people would get so angry and me if they would hear me say this!

And then the two girls standing together there at the bottom in front of the shops!

Hey! Hey, buy me the seven lucky gems!
Don't be so greedy, I already bought you the luckly skewer dumplings!

Hmmm, the skewer talk continues... Also the "seven lucky gems" is an actual item in the game. It's a consumable that can have one of seven random effects when you use it in battle. E.g. increase attack for 25% or increase defence, things like that. Of course there are a couple of negative effects that can happen, too.

All right, let's go into the weapon shop there at the bottom right.




Other than the saleslady, there's another person here...

What the hell! The golden sword costs so much, but it's actually useless!

Hm, yeah, I can definitely see that. I don't think gold is nearly hard enough to be useful for sword-making. But, talking to the saleslady:

Our store's selection is a feast for your eyes, so please take a look!



Oh, wow, the prices! I mean, there are some good items here, but... oh, wow, the prices. Interestingly our spell sword is selling for double what we paid (8800 vs. 4400). Also, the golden sword is a cool 30,000 ryo, but actually it's quite a bit weaker from what we have right now (and we paid far less for it too)! So it truly is useless, despite the price!

Anyway, we may come back here later since right now, we don't have the money!




Let's visit some more shops! Actually here people on the lower floor don't have anything interesting to say, but...



...on the upper floor:

Have you been doing already some shopping here in Kyoto?
Yes. / [ No. ]
You look flashy, but actually you're just a country boy... Well, let me give you a piece of advice. Products here in Kyoto are more expensive than in other towns. That's why people like me buy things in Oomi province, after carefully checking the prices.

Yes, we noticed the prices actually. And when they say "more expensive", they mean like double! So we'll follow this advice and hold off for now.



Now, this place here is interesting. First we'll talk to the guy by the door.

Ah! Oh! I have to keep going with the dumplings! I wonder if there truly are any first or second prize skewers in there?

Ah, maybe we've come to the right place to figure out the "mystery of the skewers"! Well, let's see what the shopkeeper has to say about it.

Eat lots of lucky dumplings on a skewer and win a treasure!

We can ask him to explain!

Buy as many dumplings as you can at my shop! And eat them! Eat them all! And when only the skewer remains, look at its colour! After that, talk to the girl over there to exchange it for a prize! It's simple!

Let's see what you sell...



Ah. That's a whole lot of dumplings on a skewer you have there, boss.

Anyway, it works exactly as he said. You buy some of these, and eat them. Randomly you will be left with a skewer of some colour, which you can then go and talk to the other person to exchange for a prize. So it's kind of like pachinko style that you have to go somewhere else to exchange your winnings for an actual prize, since gambling is, you know, not actually legal in Japan!

From what I know the randomness here is not quite so random, so apparently if you put the skewer in Manjimaru's first item slot and eat it immediately after reloading the game then there is a good chance to get the top prize. To be honest, we're ok on the money so I haven't really bothered too much with it. Yeah, I know we can exploit this to buy some of those strong weapons they have here for a lot of money, but really I'm not going to do that because it trivialises a large portion of the game until the enemies catch up. It's more fun to just play it normally, and this game is indeed a lot of fun to play, despite some need for a bit QOL improvement in the user interface.

So let's talk to the prize girl and see what goes on there.


We can exchange the prizes here! What would you like to get for a skewer?

So here's how it goes with different colours:
- Gold: you get an item which revives all fallen allies in battle with 50-100% health. Normally this item sells for 30,000 (although we haven't even come across one yet).
- Silver: exchanges for the seven lucky gems item which I already talked about.
- Red, Navy, Green, Black: exchanges for various healing consumables.
- White: exchanges for another skewer with dumplings which you can eat and see what colour it is.
- Bamboo: exchanges for the "shopkeeper's smile" ("niko-niko")

So, it's something you can play around with if you want, but for now, we'll just continue exploring, since this is already taking quite a long time! I did try a few, but I didn't get anything more than a consumable.




As usual we'll stop by the inn and see what people are saying.

I came from Echizen province, but thanks to the dark orchid, I am unable to return there. I thought it would be possible to go by boat from Ootsu, but it seems even that is now impossible because the Root Clan put a curse on lake Biwa.

Oh, that's interesting. I wonder how we will overcome our "transportation issues" in this part of the game.

A wannabe missionary named Hoteimaru I've heard is looking for you. He's over in the slums.

Ah. Probably this is the foreigner we've been hearing about. We'll get there soon.



And one more shop here before we head on.

Medicine is medicine, but if you get a kind of an elixir sort of thing, be careful. Even if you get them somewhere, don't just drink them blindly.

Ah, right, another thing. So there's several different kinds of elixirs that you can find in the game (again, we haven't come across them yet), but basically their effect are randomised in a particular playthrough, so you have to try them out to see what each one does. They typically have effects (positive or negative) on your stats, and such.

All right, that's enough for the commercial district for now, so...




...let's head into the slums, which are over on this side!



Well, that certainly looks a lot worse than the "shiny" part we've just been in. So, let's see what these two guys have to say.

The people here in the capital are really cold hearted, they treat us like we're some kind of a filth. They think that if there is peace here in Kyoto, that the rest of the country doesn't matter! But they will be punished by the gods!
Hey, are you new here? Nice to meet you, I'm sure we'll get along nicely! You don't need a sword and a nice kimono to live here, you need to be healthy and full of spirit!



And now, let's check in with the three people around the bonfire!

I'm the happiest when I'm sitting around a bonfire, chatting with my friends. Come on, sit down and warm up!
The hottest topic right now is the dark orchid that bloomed over in Echizen province! It looks like a huge one is towering over the Eiheiji temple over in Fukui village and people over there are going crazy!
A foreigner named Hoteimaru is staying with the elders. I heard he was looking for a Fire Brave, but... isn't that you guys? He lives under the bridge, so go and take a look.

Sure thing.



One more person over here.

If everyone could do whatever they wanted and live as they pleased, that would be the happiest thing. This is why we hate the Root Clan, who paralyses people with fear. We will help you! You live a free life, you have something in common with us!



And finally, two more people here.

Hey, hey. What are you doing here in the slums? People from the city hate us and don't want to have anything to do with us... but at least you seem to like us.
This is a dump where recluses gather who have abandoned their jobs, their homes, and cut all ties with the world. The quality of life is lacking a bit... but at least we're free to live however we want.

Let's check out a few houses here too...



Love the straw mats there...

A- A- At-choo! Uh... I ate my clothes because I was hungry, but now the weather has also gotten cold, so...

It's a bit hard to tell on the screenshot, but he's actually naked. Please don't eat your clothes.



The taikun has sealed off Mt. Haku. It seems that it was the three sages of the Root Clan who have pushed him to do it. What could they be doing in a place like that?

I assume this must have happened before he got turned into stone? But this is actually the first hint we're getting about what we may have to do to get the third holy sword.



You got a very fancy hairstyle there! I haven't washed my hair in two months... but it seems it may have been even longer for you--your hair has even already changed its colour. I don't think I could let myself get quite that bad!



Today we have lots of things for dinner from the guests leftovers in the inn's trash can! Dinner today is head of bream and a bok choy core! Also I'm feeling a bit like living dangerously, so I'll try also some blowfish. We'll have a feast tonight!
Yes! Yes! We're having a feast!
I'm sure you've realised by now that people in Jipang are pretty careless and sloppy. So if you don't keep notes of your own, you'll soon lose track of what's going on. Especially here in Kyoto it seems to be a prime example of such a thing.

Thanks for the tutorial, game! But on another note... I've already mentioned, but for some reason, in this part of the game especially to me similarities in writting style (and in general) between this game and Linda³ are really obvious. I mean, this whole slum district is literally just an earlier version of Paraside from that game!



Well, let's check these two last people before we go under the bridge.

The elders here have been gathering information enthusiastically, like they want to be your advisors. Well, I guess it's an old people thing. Not sure they really have anything important, but I guess come and see them once in a while. That guy seems quite serious, and just by meeting him you'll have a memory you'll never forget.
There's a very funny foreigner here. I think his name is Hoteimaru. He lives here and everyone gives him food and clothes.

Ok, let's head in then.



So there are three elders here, so let's first talk to them. So the first one:

You're from the Fire Clan! We, too, are gatrehring information from all over the country so we can help you at least a little bit! What do you think? Will you make us your tactical team?
[ Yes. ] / No.
That's the spirit! You will do this for us! So then... the plan. First of all, listen to the old man over there by the door. And then we're going to execute his plan!

The second:

By the way, I'm Julie from Kawaramachi. I guess only people of Kyoto would understand that name... but I just wanted to name myself that for fun!
Then, Master Manjimaru. According to our information, Taikun has been digging around on Mt. Haku, searching for something. Well, before they found what they were searching for, the Taikun himself disappeared, but it seems the Root Clan still remains there, searching.

Indeed, the people from Kyoto would know who "Julie from Kawaramachi" was. It's a nickname given to a homeless person frequently seen wandering around the Kawaramachi neighbourhood of Kyoto around the 1970s/1980s, and known for her unusual appearance. Her real name and date of birth are not known and she was found dead of hypothermia on the streets of Kyoto in February 1984.

Also they are probably searching for the third holy sword, if I were to guess. Anyway, let's talk to the last elder:


Oh! So you are Manji-chan we've heard so much about! For now, let's shake hands to commemorate the first meeting between this grandpa and Manji-chan! Will you shake hands with me?
[ Yes. ] / No.
Hmm. You have good hands like a hot-blooded male! Also, as expected, a young person has flawless skin.
Anyway, Manji-chan, the next province you should aim for is, definitely, Echizen. Because of the dark orchids, roads in Jipang are not in good condition these days, but that province can be also reached by water.
Of course, I'm talking about Lake Biwa. You should find a ship on Oomi and sail north on Lake Biwa until you reach Kanazawa!

And finally, what we came here for, we get some pointers about where we might go next.

All right, now, let's steel ourselves to meet the missionary guy (a.k.a. "the foreigner"). Here too we get a short cutscene, but I guess I should explain a bit before you watch it. To be brief, this person does not speak Japanese very well--so it's an unholy mixture of English and desperately mangled Japanese. It's all very funny, I guess more so if you know at least a little Japanese. Also, you'll have to accept my apology for not even attempting to localise this mess into anything and only giving you a plain English translation. When you watch the video you will completely understand why I gave up on that.




Yeah, that was pretty crazy. I think you can get now why I am not even making an attempt here. But here is one funny example from that word salad--we're going into another of those "linguistics notes", so feel free to skip this paragraph if you're not interested. Japanese doesn't generally distinguish gramatical singular/plural in speech, but it's possible in some cases to use a noun-suffix to indicate plural. It's not exactly a plural, but kind of looks like that sometimes. One of those suffixes is "-tachi" and Hoteimaru here has found a creative way to make a plural "you" by simply saying "you-tachi".

Actually, you know what, just thinking about this, I was reminded of this funny screenshot from an actual fansub of Magiranger:




Other than being funny, this has nothing to do with anything, so, uh, let me focus for a moment and we'll continue on.

Actually, before that, since I've been mentioning Linda³, I should tell you that these games share not only some of the staff, but also voice actors, so this guy is voiced by Dr. Emory's actor and the five brothers from the previous cutscene are voiced by Ken's actor. Also, one of the three ninja ladies we've seen before was voiced by Linda's actress!

Finally, Hoteimaru is, perhaps unexpectedly, also a returning character from the first Tengai Makyou game. So, here he is from back then:




Anyway, let's keep moving. Our next stop is...



...the residential district, over here.

But this episode is very very long, so it had to be split into two parts! So please continue reading in the next part.

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.


Let's continue where we left off, in the residential district!



Let's see what these people have to say!

Oh, is this your first time in Kyoto? Then let me explain. Kyoto is divided into four districts. This is the district where people's houses are. The are also other districts, one with shops, one with temples and shrines and one where poor people live. And then there is the Flower Palace where Taikun lives. All these together make up the imperial capital, Kyoto.
I just went to the shopping district... there I saw five gay dudes with strange haircuts. All kinds of people come to Kyoto, from those with purple hair, to those carrying flashy banners on their backs... truly, all kinds of people.
Oh, dear, look at your dusty clothes... you look like you came from a village far away. You can find a lot of stylish kimonos in Kyoto, so why don't you buy one as a souvenir?
The big building in the back of the capital is the residence of the Taikun. It's called the Flower Palace. I can't believe that he would use taxpayers' money for something so self indulgent! I'm literally seething inside!



And then, this older gentleman here.

I heard that in Master Ikeda's house once there lived five beautiful daughters. The older four were married here in Kyoto, but then the youngest one, Ayako was supposed to go to Kanazawa, but apparently she was kidnapped by demons on the way. Rumour has it that Ayako was shunned because she had a different mother from the other four. Well, it's something that happened twenty years ago in any case...

Another sidequest? No, actually, this one is an important part of the main plot (even if it does not seem so at the moment).

But... we'll find out more about this in due course (and not in a too distant future either). Also, I should mention that here the name Ayako is spelled in an unusual way as
綾姫 using the character meaning "princess" (姫) instead of the more usual in the second position.



Our next victims are the two people here.

You look like country boys so let me teach you one thing about shops in Kyoto: they overcharge! So make sure to check against the prices in other towns before buying!
There is a grandpa here who collects golden scarab eggs and pays for them 10,000 ryo each. I've heard that you can get pure gold from them... I wonder if I can find some laying on the ground somewhere...?

This is definitely a sidequest. After almost nothing for a long while, there is suddenly quite a lot going on on that front for some reason here in Kyoto.

Well, let's check out a few houses, why not?




Lord Taikun is the younger brother of Lord Shogun from Edo, who rules the eastern part of Jipang. So because of that, Taikun is the ruler of the western part. But he actually wants to rule all of Jipang, although he doesn't have the skills for that. It's dangerous... his aspirations are much bigger than his ability.
I just came back from Takayama village festival... what happened to Master Taikun? His pride and joy, the Flower Palace seems to have a strange smell. And why is his daughter, Pricess Katsura on her own in the palace? It's worrying...



We were just evacuated from Echizen... the border is blocked by the dark orchid roots, and the waterway over Lake Biwa cannot be used because the Root Clan put a curse on the lake. I've made up my mind that I may never see my hometown again. I wonder if I can find a job here...

And also his children...

Hey, you're a Fire Brave! There's a legend about a Fire Brave in Echizen, but I'm little so I can't remember the details!
Big bro, are you going to Lake Biwa? I can tell you the way!
[ Yes. ] / No.
First, leave Kyoto and head south a bit, then go north along the river through the woods. Did you get it?



And now, let's go into this nice house!



What's going on here? Let's talk first to the two people who are standing...

This year, Master Taikun suddenly sent a demon suppression team to Mt. Ooe. The lord is constantly sighing as he remembers Ayako, who was stolen by demons 20 years ago.
I've heard no rumours of the suppression team that Master Taikun sent to Mt. Ooe... I wonder what happened to them. Perhaps a dark orchid roots have appeared north of Kyoto and they cannot return, or... well, no matter what kind of skilled force they were, probably they were still no match for Shuten-doji on Mt. Ooe.

And finally let's talk to the guy lying on the floor, presumably the lord and Ayako's father.

Ahhh. Is Aya still alive? I must have been convinced by people around me to send her as a bride to Kanazawa... If I hadn't done that, I wouldn't have lost her to those demons on the road... Even now, every time I think back on that, I deeply regret it.

So, it's the continuation of that Ayako storyline. We'll see where that goes, but for now let me say that Mt. Ooe is a mountain in Kyoto region and is known in folklore for the Shuten-doji demons who supposedly live on it.

Here is an illustration of such a demon.



By Creator: Settai Komura 1887-1940; Settai Komura (illustr.) (1927) "Momotarō" in Iwaya, Sazanami, ed. (in Japanese) Nihon otogibanashishū, ARS, pp. 3–15, Public Domain, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=89408083

(It's the thing whose head is poking from the top.)

Also the Japanese text at the bottom says Mt. Ooe, but since this illustration is from 1927, i.e. pre-writing reform, the characters have to be read from right to left instead of left to right.




Over here is another nice house, and another guy to talk to.

The owner of the house there changed, and the new tenant is an amazingly beautiful woman. She seems to be the daughter of a local merchant or a samurai family. She's come to Kyoto to look for a bridegroom. Us common people who look to marry upwards and setting our sights on her! I'm going to do it!

Hm, ok, let's go inside.



Well, this is an interesting situation here. First we have three people to talk to.

Omiru-san must be very beautiful. I've only seen her lips so far, but just remembering it makes me shiver!
All right! I'll borrow a year's worth of my sallary in advance and give the most expencive gift to Omiru-san!
For certain reasons Omiru-sama cannot reveal her family name, but she's a daughter of a local noble family of some distinction. She is now come of age, and is looking for a dependable companion. After all, the most important part for a gentleman is to be financially strong, so she's looking for someone who will give her a gift worthy of her future husband.

Ah, this thing. As mentioned, we are kind of skint now for the prices of those items that you can give to her.

She's over there behind the screen in that room with the three chests. We can try talking to her...




And we're prompted to choose an item from our inventory. As mentioned, we don't have anything suitable, so this sidequest will have to wait a bit. If we cancel out of the inventory choice, she simply tells us to "come back again".

So let's move on for now to one last house for now.




Kyoto is safe because the gods and Buddha protect it so there are many people who rely on their relatives to evacuate them from the countryside. But thanks to that the various dialects are getting mixed up our beautiful Kyoto dialect is disappearing!

Hahaha, this one is good!

There is actually a bit more to do here in the residential district (another sidequest), but fow now...




...let's visit the shrine district, the last of the four!



Well, let's start with the people we can see here on the screen.

It's not an exaggeration to say that this is where all the most important temples and shrines of Jipang are gatehred. The beautiful spiritual face of Jipang, so to speak. It's quite different from your typical countryside shrines, isn't it?
This is the centre of all temples and shrines in the country. If there are any rumours on that topic, it's the easiest to ask about them here. Recently everyone seems to be talking about the Eiheiji temple in Echizen, which seems to have been hit by the dark orchid.
Ah, there is so much new to be seen in Kyoto... Magnificent buildings! Dazzling people! This place is like an eternal paradise, it's completely different from my tiny village!

Incidentally, "Eiheiji" (永平寺) means "temple of eternal peace".



Let's talk also to this gentleman here.

Those fancy clothes, that fancy face! That must be Kabuki-san behind you! Two girls were looking for him. I saw them earlier in the shopping district, they were preparing a gift for him!

Hmm, ok. Maybe let's visit that temple behind him.



First, let's talk to the two monks.

There is a mountain in the Oomi province, called Mt. Haku, where in our temple is located the great boat of Buddha! I hear that an evil curse has been placed on Lake Biwa, so you should detfinitely try using the great boat. No need to be shy, this is all happening under the great Buddha's guidance! Just... when you have successfully crossed the lake in our boat, please announce to the world that you have used the strength of our temple!
Did something bad happen in the Oomi province? Recently I can feel a surge of evil energy coming from that direction. I have a bad feeling about this... but hopefully this is all in my imagination.

And then there is a kid and his mother.

Hey, hey, do they all combine and transform into a single unit?
This kid! Don't talk nonsense, this is a statue of Buddha, to whom you should be very grateful! Well, if you throw in some coins, it might at least offer you his hand. That's how the world works in this day and age...



Let's now go into this one.



If you go east of Oomi, you will arive at Echizen province, and in Echizen there is a village called Fukui. In Fukui there is a large temple called Eiheiji, from which recently powerful feelings have been reaching us. Such powerful feelings cannot be produced unless all the monks of Eiheiji temple have gathered together in prayer. But why are they sending such thoughts? Has something happened to them?

I'm sure we'll find out soon. But in the meantime, here is a photograph of the Eiheiji temple in Fukui. It dates from the 13th century.



Looks quite nice. Incidentally, Eiheiji (永平寺) means "temple of eternal peace".



The buildings here look really nice!



This is the temple elementary school. We're on vacation now, but when the New Year comes, we'll have a New Year's calligraphy gathering. Oh, that's right! I think you'd be a hit with the kids, do you want to become a calligraphy teacher? Please come again, I'll be waiting.

New Year's Calligraphy, "kakizome" (書き初め) is certainly a long existing tradition in Japan and usually it's done on the 2nd of January.



Let's have a look at these too. First there is a person here in front (a bit hard to see, I'll give you that).

If we talk about Kyoto, it's a sanctuary where all the gods of Jipang gather. If you pray here, any wish you have will come true!

Well, I don't know about that, but we'll see.



North of Kyoto, in Oomi province, there is a sacred mountain called Haku, where the great ship is enshrined. The god of this shrine rode that ship all over Jipang!



Taikun, you bastard how dare you do such a cursed thing! He has laid his hands on the sacred mountain Haku, and now he's sealed it off, after digging through it. Mt. Haku is a place of pilgrimage for the faitful, but he won't even acknowledge the prayers of humble people.
Why did Taikun blockade Mt. Haku? Is there something there he doesn't want the public to see? I guess he must have been persuaded by his sages...



All right, two more people and two more buildings!

Ugh! It's stupid! I came here from all the way from distant village to buy a lottery ticket, but they've already sold oud! I wanted to win the first prize of 10,000 ryo! With that kind of money, I could change the world!

Or, buy a single sword.

Have you bought a lotter ticket? It would be nice to win a lottery for new year, right?

By the way, that sign board there between the buildings is an announcement for the lottery:

From a singe lottery ticket, a dream spreads! 10,000 ryo can be yours!

(The number of tickets is limited, so if you want to win, please come and buy the tickets at our shrine as soon as possible! The winner will be announced on New Year's day!)




You're the people from the Fire Clan who saved the shrine in Ise province! You're... not as muscular as I thought. You don't even look like you posses a strong sence of justice, either. Oh, I know! The strength of our prayers must have enabled you to do that, right?
Rumours have begun to circulate that Taikun had dug up Mt. Haku in order to find a large ship. As a clergyman, I'm depply saddened by this. So let me tell you. The holy ship is a large boat made, of course, by our god! If you believe, you will be helped!



I'm sorry, but the lottery tickets are sold out. You seem like a very lucky person, so you even might have won!

That's ok, we did manage to get two lottery tickets, so...



And the last few people standing over here...

The old lady:


I've just come to this temple to pray for peace with the root clan! This temply will definitely give you the most benefits. Don't forget, if you are stingy with you charity, the Buddha will still see you for what you are!

And then the two guys:

Don't believe that old hag! She's a shill who works for that temple. There are a lot of them around here, so be careful. But let me tell you something else. You should make a charitable donation of at least 1,000 ryo to that other temple over there. It's bound to pay off for you handsomely!

Oh my god.

Oh, it's you Manjimaru-san! I am from Ise province, so that you for helping us out over there. I came to Kyoto as soon as the border was open, but I was surprised at how big it is so I'm now completely lost.



Death should not be considered a misfortune. Life means suffering. Death is a desire for purification. So fight on without fear of death. The Buddha will surely guide you to the paradise. I must warn you, however, that Buddhas from those other temples out there are most definitely not able to do that.

I love this.

I'm so grateful for the monk's teachings. They've given me the energy to live even though I've grown tired of it all.

All right, that about covers all the Kyoto districts for now. We should definitely go into the palace and see what's going on there, but how about we make first a short excursion into the countryside? I think it would be good to leave the town for a bit? We'll be heading to Mt. Hiei, a popular spot northeast of Kyoto.



So let's head east.



It's actually only a few steps away.







There's not much here, but let's first have a look at these two houses.



The first one is an inn.

There is a ghost of a woman and a dog here! I just saw her on the stone steps outside, but when I approached to talk to her, she disappeared!

Hmm.



I heard there is a demon tomb in this temple! They say that when you die, every soul is the same, but I still don't like it when they put graves together like that.

Hmm, this clearly has something to do with the Ayako story, then.



Well, let's have a look at the temple itself.



Oh, I see, it's you. No, no, everything is fine, Master Manjimaru, but I just have to tell you one thing. I have an idea that's we are not supposed to meet each other just yet. So we'll definitely meet again sooner or later.

Interestingly, a very blatant hint by the game here. Oh well, I guess nothing to do here at present.

In that case...




Let's check out the palace as the last unexplored part of Kyoto for now.





There is a specific thing we actually want to do here, in fact. Also, because of the Root Clan situation with the Taikun, there are definitely random encounters here, and some pretty tough ones too for some reason!



Actually, we'll head over to the left first.



And, oops.

Nicely, one of these is able to lower our defence so that's pretty cool. With that, they can quite casually hit us for like 50 HP damage, as opposed to normal 35-40. Needless to say, our trusty spell sword remains still the only real way past this and even so it takes two hits for each enemy.

Although this palace is not big, due to strong enemies and a high encounter rate, there is a necessity to heal pretty much after every battle, therefore overall progress will be relatively slow.


   

That chest there only has a fast travel consumable, so not worth worrying about too much.



I honestly don't even know with the design and enemy names in this game any more...

Luckily this enemy is pretty weak and dies in two regular hits, usually before it can even land an attack in the first place.






Over here are two people who appear to be locked up behind bars for some reason.

Ah, you must be Master Manjimaru of the Fire Clan! Go to Mt. Haku! That's the only way! If I remember correctly... the permit to enter Mt. Haku should be in the treasury inside this palace. But the key to it was taken by Pricess Katsura when she went into hiding. Master Manjimaru! The princess is probably still hiding somewhere inside the palace. Find her and save her if possible! I beg you!
Ah, you must be Master Manjimaru of the Fire Clan! I know there is no way to undo this, but please try to forgive Master Taikun. He has been deceived! Look at us! The pitiful sight of two miserable hostages. The other have been taken to somewhere else. I hope that at least Princess Katsura has survived.

Well, all right. Let's go looking for her then.



Over here is a chest containing a golden sword. You know the one that costs a lot of money in town. We'll definitely be selling it as soon as we get out this place because it's way too weak for us at this point!



Let's go upstairs. There is only two floors anyway.



Oh, hey, there's a woman here. The princess, perhaps? Let's see what she has to say.

Ah! Don't hurt me!
......?
Oh. You're not from the Root Clan, are you? I am Katsura, Taikun's daughter. Did you come to save me?
[ Yes. ] / No.
I see. But, don't expect me to say thanks since I didn't ask to be saved!
However, I will tell you something good. Check the flower beds next to the bedroom. Did you remember it? The flower beds next to the bedroom!
Now, go! Don't worry about me! I am not like my father, I don't rely on anyone and can escape from here on my own!

All right, let's go and find the bedroom.



So we go back down again and past this chest from last time...



Only to reach the second staircase back up.



All right this looks to me like a "flower bed next to the bedroom".



As we head back...



This is a pretty nasty combination right here! Lots of "drums" here, but what's important is that all three of these hit like trucks, so, uh, hope you survive.

   



We missed this chest previously when we walked past here.



Huh, that's a weird item. But it has to do with the mercantile exchange, which we'll check out next time.



Anyway, the store room is here next to the bedroom, but you have to go down and back up a different staircase to reach it.



There are two chests here. In the first...

Manjimaru found a certificate of ownership of ten bags of soya beans!

You know what this is for. And in the other...

Manjimaru found Mountain Area Entry Permit!

...is the thing we actually came here for.



And with that, let's stop for today! There was certainly a lot happening, with the game seemingly starting to "open up" a bit. The storytelling here is nothing if not leisurely, that's for sure.

I was talking a lot about Linda³ today, but in this part of the game you can even see also a proto-season change mechanic--although it only really impacts Kyoto and is not some kind of global thing, but still. To me, this is kind of the first part of Tengai Makyou II where it becomes sort of really obvious that the same person was heavily involved in designing both games, that's for sure.

Anyway, take care and see you soon!


ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.

SITB posted:

I'd wager a new party member will join Manjimaru's group this chapter, or by the end of it.

(Or else the game is even longer than what it seems to be)
The game is long, that is true, but it's also true that we are definitely finally getting into "gather all the party members" part! It's not a very fast paced game, that's for sure.

Commander Keene posted:

Come to think of it, we haven't seen those ninja girls in a while, I figured they were going to join the party. Or at least one of them was.
As for ninja girls joining the party, the answer is no, however we will definitely be seeing them again soon.

Oh, hey, new page!

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.


Welcome back! Last time Manjimaru and Kabuki finished off the business with the second orchid. After that we spent a lot of time exploring Jipang's capital city, Kyoto where a few main and sidequests made themselves known. After that we obtained the permit to enter Mt. Haku, where apparently the Root Clan has been looking for something. On a completely unrelated note, it's time for us to obtain our next means of transportation--this game sure has a lot of those!



Here we are in Kyoto, in front of the inn (宿), where we've just had a bit of a rest after fighting those relatively tough enemies in the palace. Spoiler alert, the tough enemies will not stop today either, and anyway it's manageable, you just can't win by mindlessly mashing the attack option from the menu.

Today, we'll go and explore a bit outside the city walls. But before that...




...we'll make a quick visit to this consumables shop here.



We have a small fetch quest coming up shortly, so to save us some time, I'll already buy the item we need for it: the hundred year old ginseng. Luckily, we have enough money already as it costs a whole 10,000 ryo as you can see.



We'll head east through this narrow valley between the mountains.



And as we walk, we get also our next new enemy, "Hell Dance". As you will see below, the dance is more precisely "kagura", a traditional Shinto music/dance style.



Their strength is about typical for this part of the world, so we'll still keep using our spell sword. To be clear, the strength of the spell that the sword casts is not really dependent on our own stats, so we'll certainly outgrow it soon(ish). But for this point in the game, it works well enough for a little while--it's kind of like when you find the Drake Sword in Dark Souls: it's much better than anything else you have at that point, but it doesn't scale with anything, so after a short while of using it, it simply can't keep up any more. Of course the game then chooses to give you the lightning spear soon after the drake sword stops being viable which is again a lot better than anything else you have at that point. Well, I mean you have to go a bit out of your way and fight a mimic in a small room to get the spear, but still.

Sorry, which game were we talking about again? Oh, right, Tengai Makyou II. Sorry, got distracted there for a moment.




Anyway, while I was talking, Manjimaru and Kabuki have headed north along this river.



There's a small village here, called Shigaraki.



Here is the other side of the "100 year old ginseng" subquest. Well, it's barely even a subquest, more like a small fetch quest really. But first, let's as usual have a chat with everyone. First let's start with the five people you can see on this screen.

If you go north from here, you will reach Oomi province. It's divided into east and west side since Lake Biwa is in the middle and divides the province.
This is Shigaraki, the village of pottery! You whould buy one of our tanuki sculptures as a souvenir!

Ah, so that's what those are.

Hey! Hey, your hair colour! You should do something about it, otherwise people will think you're not human!
North of Ootsu city is a sacred mountain called Mt. Haku. But under Tycoon's orders, digging has been going on there for around half a year already.
I heard that Lake Biwa in Oomi province has turned the colour of blood. I can't believe it, but it seems since the Root Clan has been on the move, all kinds of weird things have been happening.

Now let's also check out a couple of houses here.



In Oomi province, it is said that a large divine ship is enshrined somewhere near a mountain top. But why did they take the trouble to raise the ship all the way to the top of the mountain? I guess that's just how the legend is...



A few people here in the hotel also...

You're Manjimaru-san, aren't you? I'm coming from Hida province, after defeating the dark orchid west of there, the Fujiwara pass is now open.

Fujiwara pass is just another route to get over to this part of Jipang

I heard that the chief of this village is so ill hat he can't even leave the house. I went to see him, but they wouldn't let me.

Interesting. We'll go and check out that situation shortly.



Here is the mayor's house and true enough, someone is blocking the way in.

You're a Fire Brave, aren't you? I can feel the smell of blood on you. You smell like someone who's been through a lot! By the way, being as it is that you're the here, I have a request from you. The old man has a bit of a problem, so if you accept to help I'll move out of your way here.
[ Yes. ] / No.
Sorry, but if you don't mind, go inside and check how the old man is doing, please.



So, uh, there is a person (?) in bed over there, so let's first check with the other two!

You're from the Fire Clan, aren't you? Then you're more like us than you are like humans. Actually everyone in this village is not not human, we're all tanukis but we are just really good at disguising ourselves, aren't we! You have to go through a lot of trouble when dealing with humans as they like to discriminate on the basis of appearance!

Well, that explains the comment we got a short while ago about our hair.

We the tanukis have always had a bad relationship with dogs... it's very tiresome being hunted by them all the time.

You know, I was wondering... what would it be like if had an actual dog in our party? Just wondering, apropos of nothing, because obviously this will never happen.

All right, let's talk to the mayor in his tanuki form!


It's so embarrassing... that an old tanuki like me should reveal this figure to the public. I must be getting old because lately I haven't been able to transform when I want to.
But I think, if I drink the 100 year old ginseng sold in Kyoto, my spiritual power will return... but I can't go to Kyoto since there are so many dogs there on the streets.

That's true, if you go back the previous episode you can see them in the screenshots everywhere on the streets!

I'm sorry, but could you please go to Kyoto and buy some ginseng for me?
[ Yes. ] / No.
I see, thank you! Here is the money to buy it! As a thank you, you can keep the change!

Manjimaru received 10,000 ryo!

So as you can see, this fetch quest is even easier than it seemed since you don't even have to spend your own money! Of course, since ginseng costs exactly 10,000 ryo, there isn't going to actually be any change we can kep, but oh well.

You actually have a pretty long time frame in which you have to do this, so it's even possible to use this as a "short term loan" if you really need an extra 10,000 ryo right now for some reason!

Anyway, we already have the ginseng, so we'll just talk to him again immediately and his form changes immediately... to that of a young woman:




Look at this young woman, it's quite impressive, no? But this form is actually qite physically draining, so if you'll excuse me, I'll change to something more comfortable.

This time he changes into his natural form of an old man:



So please accept this "lingering fire" scroll! I would be happy if you remember Shiragaki willage every time you use it!

Manjimaru obtained the "lingering fire" scroll!

So, all this was finally to get another spell! The "lingering fire" (残火) spell. This spell is interesting, because it creates like a "carpet of fire" which deals fire damage to all enemies for a few turns. So, since I've been talking a lot about Linda³, you might remember that this exact spell was present there too and it was even called "fire carpet" there. Anyway, we'll try it out at some point, but for now were finally done here.

As we exit, the guard at the door has one last thing to say.


Thank you, we owe a debt of gratitude to the Fire Clan! You're as good people as they say. The humans will probably try to take advantage of you many times in the future, but just hang in there!



Exiting from the village, we'll continue on our way north.



We get to another border crossing location, this one is Ousaka pass (逢坂).



There's only a couple of people here.

Are you going to Oomi? Be careful, because it seems some weird stuff has been going on with Lake Biwa.
This is the Ousaka pass between Kyoto and Oomi province. To the north is Oomi, to the south is Kyoto.



One person in the shop here we can talk to...

I heard there is a hot spring in Bijodaira village in Etchuu province where you can become beautiful by bathing in it! Well.. I guess I'd like to go there once, although in my case even if I became even more beautiful, It wouldn't really change anything, would it?

Bijodaira (美女平) is, like pretty much everything in this game, a real place in Japan and I guess the joke here comes from the fact that "bijodaira" in Japanese means "beautiful woman plateau". Also they've really been throwing quite a lot of place names at us lately, many of them still to be visited in the future. Don't worry about remembering any of that, I will remind you when needed.



With this, let's continue our journey.



As always, enemies lurk. Of course with this many enemies at once, fighting them one by one is not viable due to the amount of damage you will take. So, spell sword it is, once again. At least these are not too bad, even though they can cast a fire spell on us.



Continuing on...



...over to the east, we can see the Lake Biwa, not looking too great. For now, let's pop into that village there.



It's the village of Ootsu which has been mentioned a couple of times recently. This seems like a good place to gather some information about the Lake Biwa situation, so let's get to it.

As usual we'll start with the people visible on the screen.


It is said that there is a large ship within Mt. Haku and the the gods themselves used to ride it. My grandmother told me that story when I was a child!
It's only the Fire Clan that can properly deal with the Root Clan! They say there is also a part of Fire Clan in Echizen province. They seem to be nowhere to be found in this situation though, useless bastards!



Lake Biwa... it was so beautiful. But now it's turned red. It must be the bloody colour of grudge held by all those who were killed by the Root Clan!
Since Lake Biwa has turned red, all the fish have died and all the boats sink in it. Hell... it's like Blood Pond Hell. The Root Clan is trying to change the whole of Jipang into hell!

Blood Pond Hell, or Chinoike Jigoku (血の池地獄) is, somehow, somehow, an actual place in Japan. It's a hot spring which due to minerals present in the area is red in colour. Check it out:



Pretty crazy.



If you cross Lake Biwa to the north, you'll reach Echizen province. Kanazawa City is there, a nice place! Do you want to go there? But you'll have to risk your life crossing the lake...

And the kid...

I fed a fish from the lake to my cat... He died in agony... *sob*

Let's also check out a few houses here.



There is a strange looking structure in the middle of Lake Biwa. In such a deep lake, who and what is it for? Who built it? It's all very mysterious.

We'll be checking that out as soon as we obtain a boat!

Apparently a dark orchid has bloomed in Echizen too. The other day, I felt a tremor in the earth and then I saw a creepy looking flower blooming out of Echizen. You should be able to just barely see it from here! Oh, I guess you're a bit on the short side so you can't see it...



A couple of people in the inn...

The water of Lake Biwa is a mirror that reflects the future of the whole Jipang. The fact that it's turned red means that something ominous will undoubtedly happen...
I was thinking of visiting Mt. Haku on my way to Kyoto, but Taikun has blocked it. What does he want with it and why are people in power always so selfish?



On the other side of the Lake, there is a cave called Saikyo. Weird name, right? Even though it's north of capital, it's name means "west of capital".

"Saikyo" written as 西京 could be interpreted to mean "west of capital". Also, as another weird similarity with Linda³, you might recall that one whole part of the game world there was called "The West Area" even though it was actually in the north geographically. So perhaps this is just a running joke that the writer of both of these games likes to include?

Mt. Haku is a sacred mountain and an object of worship in this region. It also contains the ship that the gods used to ride on!

Before leaving...



...let's also stop by the weapons shop.



We'll take the opportunity to buy "Messenger's Straw Sandals" for Manjimaru.



They increase his speed by 5 points, so not too bad.

With this, we can head out and continue on our journey.




We'll start by heading east...



...and then take a left turn towards the north.



Of course, as always, there are enemies on the road. Compared to some monsters we can encounter in these parts, this one is not too bad.



But let's continue into that cave you could see on the previous screenshot, because that's none other than Mt. Haku.



As expected, there are two losers blocking the entrance.

Anyone without a permit cannot enter the mountain!
Hmm, that certainly looks like Taikun's handwritten permission to be here. Please, come on in!

They're extremely dumb. But no matter, in we go!



At first, we snake around across these bridges, over what certainly looks like it could be a canal of sorts if the bridges were to open--which they look like they are able to do.



Sure game, do your thing. Apart from these, which are not particularly threatening, there are again some pretty tough enemies here.



Eventually we get to a staircase leading up.



But getting up takes some effort! The new enemy, Ghost Light (Shiranui) is kind of middle ground, still not overly hard.





Anyway, upstairs there's a whole bunch of chests. Some are empty (as expected), some, like this one, just contain enemies and the rest have some actual items. So let's see what we can find.



But before that, one more new enemy... Flame Warrior. And this one is a real pain--high defence coupled with significantly higher HP than other enemies in this area equals trouble. Our spell sword takes a whole four casts to get rid of him, which is not ideal. So this particular formation of enemies can definitely be a slight problem. Incidentally, in the PS2/GameCube remake version, the game difficulty was nerfed somewhat by having enemies do less damage while at the same time give more EXP so you level up faster.



Also, that thing on his forehead is the kanji for "fire": 火.

Then we can get to the next chest.



So I've already talked a bit about these. There is a few different kinds of these "elixirs", but which one has which of the possible effects is assigned randomly when you start the game (I mean by this, when you first pick a save slot to use). So for the duration of one playthrough the effects will not be the same as in another playthrough and the only way to know is to try it out. Luckily, this is not a From Software game so you CAN simply save the game and try and then reload withou any penalty.



Still more stuff. But some good stuff here.

Manjimaru found "Magoroku of Seki"



As it turns out this is a weapon, which will give Manjimaru plus 4 in attack power. We'll still keep the spell sword for now for casting though. As for the name, it's a reference to a famous school of sword craftsmen that operated in Seki, Gifu prefecture around 12-13th century. Today it's mostly a brand of kitchen knives.

The other chest is, of course, empty.




After passing a few more chests with just consumables (or empty), we are back to the staircase we used to get here.



Back downstairs, there is another staircase leading to the other half of upstairs.



Chest-wise, the situation is similar on this side too. Both of these are empty, however.



One is empty, one contains enemies and one contains a return stone. Decidedly not a great deal if you ask me.



This chest is tucked away a bit, huh?



Haori is an overcoat worn on top of a kimono:



In our case, though...



...it means +3 defence for Manjimaru compared to the turtle-shell armor he had previously. In addition to that, it has the effect of halving all the lightning element damage. But in all honesty there haven't really been any enemies with lightning attacks recently. However, we'll remember it for the future if it becomes necessary.



Interesting. Wonder what these are.



But at the end is another staircase up.



And finally a way to get down into that canal.



Let's see...



But of course. Let's hitch a ride!



Nice.



The canal is now filled with water so our ship can float out of its resting place.



Be aware though that all the bridges are now permanently up. So, uh, if you missed to pick up any items here... well, you missed them forever, since without the bridges you can no longer traverse this place to reach the chests.

However, if you recall, the cave entrance was on land, so, I wonder how we'll be able to get to the lake with the ship?




All right, well, I guess that works. So now we can traverse the lake without issues. Maybe. (?)



Certainly there are enemies on the lake. This one is pretty manageable and anyway, we'll go and stop at the village to rest at the inn just after we finish the fight.



Anyway, sailing north...



...we reach indeed, as we have been told, a strange structure, accessible via a pier. Let's investigate.



We can walk on the pier to get to it.



What could this possibly be?



Very odd. Can't help but notice the flame things in the back of the pool though.

The strange light speaks to us.




Dear ones of my blood, I have nothing to say to you yet!
Cut down the seven dark orchids and come back to me! You must by all means remember this!

So, it's an end game thing, looks like. Well, as she said, let's try and remember to come back here when the time is right.

For now, though...




...let's head over to that beach right in front of us.



A few steps to the west is another small cave.



This is the "West of Capital" cave, that we've heard about. Obviously it's pretty clearly actually north of it.



This guy has a bit of agility so the attacks miss a bit more than usual, but is not otherwise problematic.





On the west side is a chest. It is empty.



Over here is a bit of a weird staircase down.



I guess I accidentally went into a dead end, but I can see some chests on the other side. Let's try and get to them.



To be honest I'm not even sure exactly what's going on with the enemy designs at this point, but I like it, whatever it is. The new enemy here actually is not super bad--it has strong defence but doesn't hit so hard. On the other hand, it has an attack which ignores your defence stat, so be a little careful with them anyway.



And so we finally reach that area with the chests...



This is an interesting situation. First, the chests. One of them contains "The Elixir of Blood", the second type of elixir.

A second chest contains a scroll with a new spell. This time it's the "kongo" spell
(金剛). Kongo, or "vajra" is a legendary weapon combining the properties of diamond (as in being indestructible) and thunderbolt, and the weapon of king Indra. It's both a Hinduist and a Buddhist symbol, but despite this "grand" description, all this spell does in our case is increase one ally's defence for a few turns. To be fair, the increase is acually by a whole 50%. So that's actually pretty useful, especially when it only costs 5 MP to use!

But this got me thinking again. Like if you were doing the localisation of this game, what in the world would you do about the spell names? In Japanese, they are all exactly two kanji so the meaning is half-compressed/half-implied (many of them depend on pre-existing "cultural" knowledge of a potential Japanese player of this game), but I'm not sure how well that sort of thing would work in English. If you were localising this game back at the time of release, i.e. you had to fit whatever names you came up with into a space for a VERY limited number of letters, what would you do? I have no idea, honestly.

In a completely unsurprising twist, the remaining four chests are all empty.

It is however, possible to check out the three gravestones. They belong to Crow and Benimaru, two Fire Braves from one thousand years ago, and the third one is of a person named Torii Dousaburou, presumably another one of the braves from a millennium ago. If so, then we'll probably meet his ghost (the name Dousaburou is unambiguously male) when we obtain one of the remaining holy swords. Also, what about the other four braves? Well, perhaps we'll find their resting place at some other point during our journey.

For the moment, let's head back upstairs.




In the northeastern corner of the cave, we find this situation. The normal chest contains just an healing consumable, but we also have here a red chest. A couple of episodes ago (it was back in Ihika village), we have been warned to not under any circumstances open a red chest. So, for the time being, we are actually going to follow that advice. In any case we are at present not equipped to deal with what's inside, so it would be kind of useless to even try opening it. But, let's make a note of it a come back here later. I will, however, make a note that there is a total of four of these red chests in the game.

That's all there is to be found in this cave (I did say it was small), so we can now head back out.




Let's head back to our boat.



This time, we'll go northeast, towards that river mouth.



Our boat is a bit too big to fit under these bridges, so we'll have to park here for now and walk the rest of the way.



Luckily, we don't have to go far, because right here is the city of Kanazawa which we were (sort of) looking to reach.

But as we enter the city, we get another glimpse at what's going on in the villains' lair with the three sages and the evil ball of light called Yomi!




Reporing to master Yomi!
Manjimaru and his party were able to pull out the great ship which had been sealed in Mt. Haku. They were successful in crossing Lake Biwa.
However! They are of course unaware of the lake's true secret! Therefore we'll take the next step in our plan!
I have summoned that girl you know quite well, Master Yomi!
Princess Clam! Come forward!



And she does. No pink swirls this time, though. I guess that was only Kikugorou's thing. Also, by "clam", I mean literally the kind that lives in the sea.

The power of the Fire Clan, or Princess Clam's illusions... Master Yomi, you know who has the advantage between those two!

After this...



...we return to our regularly scheduled programme, just as Kabuki and Manjimaru enter the city of Kanazawa.

I heard that a castle of the Root Clan has appeared in the Etchuu province to the east. It's just a rumour, so I can't be sure. But you know, it wouldn't be surprising. It seems that about ten or so Root castles have sprung up at once. Ah, I'm sure it's just a rumour anyway.

Yeah, probably not.



Let's see, there are "about" five people "or so" on this screen.

Hey, are you from Hida province? Until a dark orchid appeared in Fukui, it was possible to get from there to here as we are a neighbouring province.
The lord things as long the bridge over the moat is raised, the Root Clan will not be able to attack us. But I know this is no good... I've seen it with my own eyes: they can also fly in the sky.
If you want to leave this town, you can't do it without persuading the lord. The moat bridge has been raised!
The lord of this place is making me go crazy. He's so afraid of the Root Clan that he's raised the bridge without warning. I want to get out of this town. If I'm going to die I'd rather do that by the side of the mother of my children and the brats!

And also the kid.

The only son of the auntie who lives in this house was training to be a monk at Eiheiji temple. But that's in Fukui, where the dark orchid has grown! So I'm sure she must be really worried!

As usual, "uncle", "aunt" is simply a polite way for kids to refer to adults to whom they are not necessarily related.

So let's check out the houses also. First the house which was just mentioned.




There's a dark orchid blooming in the southern village of Fukui. I hear that the monks at Eiheiji are praying without sleep and rest. I don't know what's going to happen, but... not to be rude to the monks, but the power of gods and Buddha is unlikely to end the conflict...



You're a Fire Brave, eh? In this province, the reputation of Fire Braves is not that good, because during the war a thousand years ago, a Fire Brave from this province abandoned his comrades and ran away, apparently. Even though it happened so long ago, it's not a story we can be proud of.

Somehow, I'm not sure this is right. There's probably more to it. Especially since we know that all seven orchids were defeated 1000 years ago.



The lord of Kanazawa is the elder brother of the Toyama lord. Together, the brothers rule the three provinces of Echizen, Etchuu and Echigo. The other brother is a great lord who does what he says, this one here is a lousy one who just talks a lot. I would like to get them swapped! Really!



Let's not forget about this gentleman here.

It seems that a Phantasm Castle of the Root Clan has suddenly appeared in Etchuu. I've heard that the people of the Phantasm Castle can control phantoms and illusions but I don't know what that actually means.

Yes, one of the sages did say something about the illusions...



One person over in the inn...

It seems that a mermaid circus show will soon be coming in Wajima village. But can this be real? Actual mermaids? Wajima village is located aaaaallllllll the way up north. Are you going to go see the show?

Of course there are mermaids in this game. Because why not? It certainly seems to contain most everything else already. Obviously, we'll be going to check out the show, but not just yet.

That's mostly all the people in town that have anything to say, so...



...now let's try enter the castle and see what is going on in there. First of all, there's this guy blocking the entrance.

Have you deposited all your items in storage? Ever since the Root Clan has appeared, only unarmed people are allowed to enter the castle.

Right, so before you can enter the castle you have to leave all items, spells, weapons and equipment at the "left luggage" facility. The game is actually being somewhat clever here about something that's about to happen, but either way, I have already gone and dropped off all our items, so we can proceed in.

[ Yes. ] / No.
Be careful, if we discover you have anything hidden away, it will be confiscated!



And with this, he moves aside and we can go in!



By the way, did you notice that most characters actually have two different sprites, a smaller one for the map and towns (like on the previous screenshots) and a larger one for dungeons and castles (like on this one)?

Anyway, let's talk to this guy and try to find out what is going on here.


If you leave Kanazawa and head south and then east, you will reach Toyama in Etchuu. By all means, visit the lord of Toyama, he's the younger brother of our own lord here. He's very reliable so please ask him to help us!

I know you can see that chest there in the corner. It contains another certificate of ownership of a lump of salt.



In the meantime, the only way to go here is up.



I don't mean to say too much as just a servant, but... if you're serious about saving our country from the Roots, it would be much better if you got in touch with the lord of Toyama, instead of our lord. Our lord is no good... I mean he's not a bad guy, but he just doesn't have the capacity.



Let's head across to the other side of the castle.



Interesting room, but there's nothing here. As you can see there, we can go up or down. So let's head down first.



Down here is a person and a chest.

I hear that a flower called the dark orchid has bloomed in Fukui village and it's been quite bad. Our lord was so scared that he immediately ordered to lift the moat bridge. It's really disgraceful.

No new information here. I guess they do this in case you miss some people that you can still get the info. As for the chest, it only has a healing consumable. So let's head back...



...and then upstairs.



I guess that's the lord.

What the... Who are you guys?
Oh, you're the ones fighting against the Root Clan! Well, it doesn't matter. No matte what you say, I can't open the gate.
Nonsense! What if Root Clan comes in then!
As long as the gate is here, the Root Clan cannot enter! The castle is safe! So there's no need to fight them!

And then...



...an arrow carrying a letter flies in through the window and hits him literally in the hair!



(He also gains a portrait now.)

Well, Manjimaru or whoever you are, let's open the gates immediately! Will you use your powers to eliminate the Phantasm Castle of the Root Clan?
I'm sure you can do it! I knew you were someone special the moment I saw you!
Ah, that's right! As a reward I will carve the face of the one who defeats the Root Clan into the mountains outside town!
How about it? How about it? You will do it? Right?

Well, not like we have a choice.

However, before we can be on our way, Kabuki decides to say something...




My gallant face would remain there for all history to see!
Aah! I'm practically vibrating with excitement!
But... I don't actually want to share the mountainside with your face, Manjimaru! As far as I'm concerned, one hero, me, is enough!
All right! Leave this whole matter to me then! I'll sort it all out at once!



And he takes off...



...only to return immediately!



About my face which is about to be carved into the mountain... which is better, the front view or the side?
[ Front. ] / Side.

Your answer doesn't make a difference here.

Well, seeing as it is my face, I look good whichever way I turn, so it doesn't matter!
Ahahahaha! Ha ha ha!



And he takes off again...

Kabuki Danjurou has left the party.

Sigh. I was hoping we'd finally gain another party member, but no. We actually lose even the one we have due to his own vanity. Ugh. Also this is why the game forces you to leave all items in storage before coming in here. It prevents the situation like in older Final Fantasy game where a character leaving the party also takes all their equipment with them, except here it would have been much worse as also all items and spells are divided among characters, in addition to just equipment! So in this way you're prevented from losing access to any of that when Kabuki leaves.

But he is gone, at least for a while, so we'll have to continue this journey alone for now.

We can talk again to the lord...




They told me I must offer him to carve his face into the mountain or they would kill everyone!

Well, ok I guess, if that's the case... but still.

Either way, nothing to do here but head back out.

On the way out, however...




...our three ninja ladies appear again!



Rumour has it that the Root Clan in this part of the country are the practitioners of illusionism!
We've also heard that they are waiting for you on the border between Echizen and Etchuu provinces...
Please be on your guard along the way! The three of us will proceed to scope out the Etchuu province ahead of you!
Well, then.



And just as they have arrived, they leave.



And so, there we are.

We lost a party member, but our journey must proceed on our own for the foreseable future, but hopefully not too long. Maybe Kabuki will see the error of his ways (yeah this is not happening), or maybe we'll meet someone entirely new.

Either way we'll continue next time.

Take care and stay safe.




Although I don't have quite such a treasure trove like with Linda³, there are still a few fun illustrations/sketches related to this game. Most of them are still in a spoilery stage since they show characters we haven't yet met, but here and there I will post a couple. Such as this "artist's vision" of the apocaliptic rooftop fight between Kabuki and Kikugorou!



KABUKI VS. KIKUGOROU: THE DECISIVE BATTLE AT THE WAKAYAMA CASTLE TOWER

"I'll show you right now that I am the most handsome man in Jipang": The most ridiculous battle in the world has begun--who has the best morphing skills, Kabuki or Kikugorou?

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.

LJN92 posted:

Is this game going to be a revolving door of temp companions? Or will we get a proper party at some point?

There are actually no temp companions at all as such in this game--Kabuki is a proper party member who just leaves the party now for a while but will be back. As for the the other question, yes, as a matter of fact pretty much as of this chapter, we're actively working on finally gathering our whole party together. I know the game has been taking its sweet bloody time with it, but in the end it's just a REALLY long game and I guess it has time to spare. :v: But as I said, we're finally truly on the way to completing our party (of four people in total) during this chapter and the next.

(There are no actual chapters in game or anything like that, but it's convenient to consider each orchid part as one chapter I guess).

Hope this clarifies things a bit. :v:

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.

Randalor posted:

Do we at least get a time where all the vehicles we've used Voltron together into a Super Sentai robot? Including the scribbleboat?
Sorry, as cool as that would have been, the answer is no.

Blaze Dragon posted:

It seems more like a revolving door of transport vehicles to me.
The country of Jipang is littered with Manjimaru's abandoned vehicles everywhere!

Adbot
ADBOT LOVES YOU

ivantod
Mar 27, 2010

Mahalo, fuckers.

Raitzeno posted:

..... Alright. Okay. That sure is an idea. I'm DMing a game on Thursdays and I think you just gave me the dungeon I needed for the Enhancement sphere of magic (which is where Animate Object-type spells are in this system). It's gonna be a graveyard of obsoleted vehicles from various RPGs, all animated by their loneliness and grudges into, effectively, massive golems. Like if Transformers were powered by outrage instead of energon, and if you lose you get strapped into the pilot seat forever like a ghost pirate captain.

The scribbleboat may end up as the final boss of the place just for the sheer variety of bullshit it can become.

That sounds absolutely amazing! Please tell us how it went after the game!

  • 1
  • 2
  • 3
  • 4
  • 5
  • Post
  • Reply